@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatti
EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַבָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 1 1 e65z translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּבֵית֖וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּבֵית֖וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 5 uk67 figs-metonymy וַֽיְהִ֗י כָּל־נֶ֛פֶשׁ יֹצְאֵ֥י יֶֽרֶךְ־יַעֲקֹ֖ב שִׁבְעִ֣ים נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 household Here, **lives** refers to people (specifically, men); **going out of the loins of Jacob** is a reference to these people as being in his seed or semen and produced through his sexual acts–therefore meaning they are his descendants. See also Hebrews 7:9-10. Alternate translation: “And all the male descendants of Jacob numbered 70.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 6 sh42 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּ֤מָת 1 They did not die immediately. Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. If necessary, use a transition word that conveys that some time passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EXO 1 6 g5qg translate-kinship וְכָל־אֶחָ֔יו 1 all his brothers **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 7 c7ep figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽיִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַיִּרְבּ֥וּ וַיַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things; they are used together to emphasize that the Israelites became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “had many children and became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 1 7 uo65 פָּר֧וּ…וַיִּרְבּ֥וּ…וַתִּמָּלֵ֥א הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28, 9:1, 9:7, and especially Genesis 35:11 where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
EXO 1 7 nk2l figs-metaphor פָּר֧וּ וַֽיִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ 1 were fruitful The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit and causing new plants to grow around them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ EXO 1 7 e110 figs-idiom בִּמְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word
EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-pronouns אֹתָֽם 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 1 8 eu8y writing-newevent וַיָּ֥קָם 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 1 8 d20y writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 The story begins with the new king. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַיָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַיָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 9 aku3 figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 **Behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑וֹ 1 his people The people whom the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably shared ethnicity, tribe, or clan) rather than the Israelite group are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ EXO 1 11 pkz4 עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 store cities These were p
EXO 1 11 dy34 figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. Alternate translation: “cities for storing things”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 1 12 c1fy grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְכַאֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְכֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is the opposite of what the king expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַיָּקֻ֕צוּ מִפְּנֵ֖י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **dread** in another way. Alternate translation: “And they were very afraid of the face of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in their country. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the growing Israelite population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in their country. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the growing Israelite population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 13 j1q6 figs-abstractnouns וַיַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּפָֽרֶךְ 1 made…work rigorously Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And harshly, the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor וַיְמָרְר֨וּ אֶת־חַיֵּיהֶ֜ם 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if their daily lives were bitter food that was difficult to eat. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And they made their lives very difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּעֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind **slavery** in another way. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 1 15 h59t writing-participants שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EXO 1 16 t8f5 וַיֹּ֗אמֶר 1 In the UST, the phrase and **the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md) (ULT) because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. Having two speech verbs may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said words twice, you may leave one off.
EXO 1 16 zfcv figs-youdual בְּיַלֶּדְכֶן֙…וּרְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַהֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it was associated with birth. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the birthing process” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it was associated with birth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the birthing process” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 16 nms7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַהֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔וֹ וְאִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָחָֽיָה 1 These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations connected to instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
EXO 1 17 gy7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַתִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 **But** introduces a contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 1 18 y9g5 לַֽמְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 midwives Women whose work is to help other woman give birth to a baby are called **midwives**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life<br>- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight<br>- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian<br>- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Identification of participants<br><br>* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.<br><br>### Moses’ heritage<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian. <br><br>### Ironic situations<br><br>* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.<br>* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7).
EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַיִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַיִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing” or “fine”
EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַתֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽתִּצְפְּנֵ֖הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ EXO 2 18 juqu writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian wa
EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַיּֽוֹם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 2 19 w57e אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְאַיּ֑וֹ לָ֤מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָאִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background 0 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 2 23 csg2 וַיֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַתַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛ם אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 their pleas went up to God The **plea** of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God heard their pleading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַיִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַיִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.<br><br>This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness<br><br>God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Yahweh<br><br>The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Participants<br><br>“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּמֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an as
EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו בְּלַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַסְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַסְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּאֵ֔שׁ וְהַסְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that what follows is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְאֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַמַּרְאֶ֥ה הַגָּדֹ֖ל הַזֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַסְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 3 jbue figs-abstractnouns אֶת־הַמַּרְאֶ֥ה הַגָּדֹ֖ל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for something strange that someone sees, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “unusual thing that I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 3 4 ue8v יְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being, since God’s name is Yahweh.
EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִיַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִיַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּרְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other, and **milk** and **honey**are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand upon one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it. If your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of”
EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 9 a2kf figs-parallelism 0 This verse parallels [verse 7](../03/07.md). Yahweh is restating that the Israelite’s plight has gotten his attention. This creates emphasis and connection to what Yahweh will do with what Moses will do as Yahweh’s appointed leader. If this repetition would confuse your readers consider a paragraph break at the start of this verse to separate the two parallel statements or use some other strategy of emphasis and connection that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 3 9 tp2v figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑י 1 the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -231,22 +231,22 @@ EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The word t
EXO 3 16 p258 figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 Here, **attended** is repeated in Hebrew. The Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. This expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s having **attended to** how his people were suffering. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְכֶ֔ם 1 I have indeed observed you The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 3 16 q4en figs-activepassive הֶעָשׂ֥וּי 1 The focus of this passive is the mistreatment being **done to** the Israelites, not on who is doing it. In fact, **in Egypt** further dissociates the actors from this sentence. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks 0 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְכֶם֮ מֵעֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְהַ֣חִתִּ֔י וְהָֽאֱמֹרִי֙ וְהַפְּרִזִּ֔י וְהַחִוִּ֖י וְהַיְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 17 x1o0 figs-abstractnouns מֵעֳנִ֣י 1 See how you translated **affliction** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “from being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 17 pwn5 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of”
EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְשָׁמְע֖וּ לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “And they will pay attention to your voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְשָׁמְע֖וּ לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “And they will pay attention to your voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 3 18 j24k writing-pronouns לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ…אַתָּה֩ 1 They will listen to you Here, **your** and **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 3 18 w742 figs-synecdoche לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְזִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 3 18 eep7 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔ינוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְנִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 take it by the
EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְךָ֔ וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md), and there is more discussion there about how to translate the quotation resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EXO 4 4 m86n וַיְהִ֥י לְמַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff Alternate translation: “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛יךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛יךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛יךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 4 5 zbfr writing-pronouns יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1 Here, **them** and **their** refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
@ -299,15 +299,15 @@ EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a m
EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִתְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 These phrases simply mean “in the past.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). If this is confusing in your language, you can make who he means plain. Alternate translation: “me, your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּכְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “not good at public speaking”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽאָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Is it not I, Yahweh, who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make people able to speak or hear or to see or to be blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲלֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔יךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔יךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
EXO 4 13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּיַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
EXO 4 13 y4a7 figs-synecdoche בְּיַד 1 This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 4 14 uy2v figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This means that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 4 14 uy2v figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This means that Yahweh is angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 4 14 okko figs-rquestion הֲלֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨יךָ֙ הַלֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 4 14 e0js translate-kinship אָחִ֨יךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to
EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּלִבּֽוֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַדְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨יךָ֙ וְעִם־פִּ֔יהוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨יךָ֙ וְעִם־פִּ֔יהוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְכֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְפֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥וֹ לֵֽאלֹהִֽים 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ EXO 4 18 cbop figs-go וַיֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted
EXO 4 18 b6mf translate-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗וֹ 1 father-in-law This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. If your language uses a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father use the one for wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣י 1 Here the term **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְאֶרְאֶ֖ה הַעוֹדָ֣ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣י 1 Here the term **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְאֶרְאֶ֖ה הַעוֹדָ֣ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 4 18 yay3 translate-blessing לֵ֥ךְ לְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽמְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him.
EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥י בְכֹרִ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 4 22 gr2d figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥י 1 Yahweh expresses his affection for the Israelites by calling them his **son**. Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 4 22 pt4n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The Israelites are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The Israelites are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִי֙ וְיַֽעַבְדֵ֔נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 4 23 yyuo figs-quotations וָאֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗יךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִי֙ וְיַֽעַבְדֵ֔נִי וַתְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִי֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation, which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַיִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditio
EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑וֹ…צִוָּֽהוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
EXO 4 28 b429 writing-pronouns שְׁלָח֑וֹ…צִוָּֽהוּ 1 he had sent him to say Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י הָעָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י הָעָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 30 x1v3 הָעָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md).
EXO 4 31 glp2 הָעָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md).
EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ EXO 5 1 u2vt וְיָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 festival for me This is a celebration
EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should I…let Israel go? The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required, given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּקֹל֔וֹ לְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a god. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just revealed his name to Moses).
EXO 5 2 wpff grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 2 ma6b וְגַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
EXO 5 3 dt39 figs-123person וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָעִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term, **The God of the Hebrews**, is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God.
EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑ינוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְנִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It excludes Pharaoh and his people. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶחָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶחָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם מִמַּֽעֲשָׂ֑יו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to express his anger toward Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-youdual לְכ֖וּ לְסִבְלֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 5 xm4z grammar-connect-words-phrases וַיֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -411,18 +411,18 @@ EXO 5 6 zd4m הַנֹּגְשִׂ֣ים 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were E
EXO 5 6 gsdx שֹׁטְרָ֖יו 1 **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
EXO 5 6 dxih לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
EXO 5 7 k6io figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּתְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 you must no longer give This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “as you used to do” or “as was done previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּתְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 you must no longer give This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “as you used to do” or “as was done previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 8 izkf figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 8 ro25 translate-unknown הַלְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are blocks made of clay or mud with straw in them. They are hardened in the sun or in another manner before they are used for building. See how you translated in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 5 8 dlzx figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 9 xca1 figs-idiom וְאַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּדִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 9 xca1 figs-idiom וְאַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּדִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַיֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 5 10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md).
EXO 5 10 zvxx כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quotation introduction as is used when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
EXO 5 10 c12s figs-quotations וַיֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָעָ֖ם לֵאמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛נִּי 1 This is the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 5 10 ad73 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between **I** and **you.** Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants to take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants to take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָכֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָכֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵאֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between **I** and **you.** See the previous verse. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְיִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 The Israelite officers used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
EXO 5 21 vfit figs-youdual עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְיִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗נוּ בְּעֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּבְעֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔יו 1 you have made us offensive The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּיָדָ֖ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּיָדָ֖ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽנִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I thought you sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמֶ֔ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְהַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמֶ֔ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְהַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5<br>- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Repetition of events:<br><br>Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.<br><br>### Referring to God<br><br>A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties:<br><br>With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.<br><br>## Study Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Promised Land<br><br>According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### God and his people<br><br>In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְפַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔ם וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖ם מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1), which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1), which is the most common interpretation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 1 vdno figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔ם וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖ם מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 6 2 wse5 writing-newevent וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖יו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 6 9 eph2 מִקֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ 1 Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּאמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This statement tells Moses what to discuss with Pharaoh. Some languages may need to covey this information as a direct quotation. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “and say, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔י וְאֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question in hopes that God would change his mind about using Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 6 12 lj51 grammar-connect-logic-result הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔י וְאֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַאֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 6 13 janr וַיְצַוֵּם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites; thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding.” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background 0 Verses 14-27 are background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original leaders of the clan. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original leaders of the clan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן…יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל…חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּפַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְכַרְמִ֔י…רְאוּבֵֽן 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 6 15 c1ni translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְיָמִ֤ין וְאֹ֨הַד֙ וְיָכִ֣ין וְצֹ֔חַר וְשָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 6 16 k64h translate-names לֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּקְהָ֖ת וּמְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י 1 Gershon…Merari These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -524,11 +524,11 @@ EXO 6 23 kww9 translate-names אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע 1 Nadab…Ithamar This is
EXO 6 24 rkz9 translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְאֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַאֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַקָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְאֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Phinehas These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** represents family leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י בְּי֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְאֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **hard**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. **hard** here. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛י וְאֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖י 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine them.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵכֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜י אֶת־עַמִּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Here, **armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְיָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּנְטֹתִ֥י אֶת־יָדִ֖י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּנְטֹתִ֥י אֶת־יָדִ֖י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְהוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִתּוֹכָֽם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַיַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 7 7 liir writing-background 0 This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old Alternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 The phrase **a son of**, followed by a number and then **years**, is an idiom that refers to their age. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 The phrase **a son of**, followed by a number and then **years**, is an idiom that refers to their age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 7 8 pwph writing-newevent וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea. The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 7 8 p2kf לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
EXO 7 9 jt9z figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵכֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֛ וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְתַנִּֽין 1 When Pharaoh says to you, ‘Do a miracle,’ then you will say to Aaron, ‘Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh, so that it may become a snake.’ The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 7 9 r0tp figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֛ וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְתַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may either end after **Pharaoh** or at the end of the verse. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵכֶ֤ם…לָכֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְלִפְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְלִפְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 Here, **his servants** does not refer common servants but probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court.
EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽחֲכָמִ֖ים וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּכָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 throughout all Alternate translation: “in every part of”
EXO 7 19 msxp figs-possession וּבָעֵצִ֖ים וּבָאֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּיְאֹ֔ר 1 in the river If it would be helpful to your readers, the name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּלְעֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑יו 1 This means in their sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּלְעֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑יו 1 This means in their sight. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 7 22 n7kr translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַיֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 7 22 sbic כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you translated this in [7:13](../07/13.md), where the same sentence appears.
EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְלֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖וֹ גַּם־לָזֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְלֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖וֹ גַּם־לָזֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. However, it does indicate that all the Egyptians who wished to drink water had to dig or had to have dug for them. Alternate translation: “many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs<br>- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats<br>- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each<br>- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter<br>- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is<br><br>### Lifting up the hand and staff:<br><br>In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.
EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְשַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְשַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, **behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
EXO 8 3 vgby figs-merism בְּבֵיתֶ֔ךָ וּבַחֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְךָ֖ וְעַל־מִטָּתֶ֑ךָ וּבְבֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ וּבְעַמֶּ֔ךָ וּבְתַנּוּרֶ֖יךָ וּבְמִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽיךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks 0 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 8 26 e9wk תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
EXO 8 26 idkt figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽנוּ 1 Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְלֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽנוּ 1 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes The express **before their eyes** is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes The express **before their eyes** is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְזָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ…אֵלֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 8 28 qxes figs-youdual אֶתְכֶם֙…אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְכֶם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
@ -708,16 +708,16 @@ EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula
EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖י 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְשַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְעוֹדְךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 The word **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּסּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽחֲמֹרִים֙ בַּגְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּבָּקָ֖ר וּבַצֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 9 3 m1fk grammar-collectivenouns בַּבָּקָ֖ר…וּבַצֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 4 u60c grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 4 xk5d מִכָּל־לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Alternate translation: “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַיָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 fixed a time Alternate translation: “And Yahweh made an appointed time”
@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ EXO 9 5 w8gk לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotatio
EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 9 6 gt3n figs-explicit וַיַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּמִמִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 Here the author uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EXO 9 7 md84 וְהִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold Again, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִמִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 Here the author uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
EXO 9 8 gk7f grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 The phrase **before the eyes of Pharaoh** means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 The phrase **before the eyes of Pharaoh** means in his sight. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִשְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָאָדָ֜ם 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 9 10 wdcn grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔י וָאַ֥ךְ אוֹתְךָ֛ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָאַ֥ךְ אוֹתְךָ֛ וְאֶֽת־עַמְּךָ֖ בַּדָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 16 kwks grammar-connect-logic-goal וְאוּלָ֗ם בַּעֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔יךָ בַּעֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑י וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּעַמִּ֑י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh is both the subject and object of the sentence. Translate this in a way that conveys that (1) Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud and (2) this is metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom (as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh.
EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּעַמִּ֑י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites.
EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְנִ֤י 1 Listen! Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
EXO 9 18 pmy0 כָּעֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨הוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “at this time. There has never been anything like this”
EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְךָ֔ וְאֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְךָ֖ בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְךָ֔ וְאֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְךָ֖ בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 9 19 eo52 וְיָרַ֧ד עֲלֵהֶ֛ם הַבָּרָ֖ד 1 Alternate translation: “and the balls of ice will drop on”
EXO 9 19 x4ja figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָאָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 9 19 itlv וְהַבְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 Here, **and beast** includes domestic and wild animals.
EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַפַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once … only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request.
EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 this time Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 10 18 p9hz וַיֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md), so some translations will need to say that they both left.
EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
@ -860,12 +860,12 @@ EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter
EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְיָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt, an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗יו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗יו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 23 o572 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ…צֹאנְכֶ֥ם וּבְקַרְכֶ֖ם…טַפְּכֶ֖ם…עִמָּכֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals with them. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְעָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
EXO 10 25 ixo7 figs-exclusive בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ…וְעָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜נוּ…עִמָּ֗נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִבְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַשִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָרֵחָ֑יִם וְכֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three-item list of parts of society and even the economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָרֵחָ֑יִם 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it Alternate translation: “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
EXO 11 6 hui7 figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְכָמֹ֖הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This phrase uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔וֹ 1 This means to make an unfriendly noise. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔וֹ 1 This means to make an unfriendly noise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 11 7 t61i figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּן 1 Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 11 7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּבֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
EXO 11 8 hoft translate-symaction וְהִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣י 1 This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EXO 11 8 l678 figs-explicit וְהִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣י 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 11 8 njx8 figs-metaphor וְכָל־הָעָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּרַגְלֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, which means they are his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After that I will go out This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּחֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּחֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּמֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַמֹּפְתִ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַיְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְלֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַיְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>1. Instruction v. 1-28<br> * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions<br> * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover<br> * v. 12-13: description of the plague<br> * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover<br> * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites<br>2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus<br>3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover<br>4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Unleavened bread<br><br>The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])<br><br>### Ethnic segregation<br><br>The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues:<br><br>### Passover<br><br>### Pronoun usage<br><br>In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.<br><br>### You plural<br><br>In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּבְכָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְמַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָכֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 12 14 fa9q וְהָיָה֩ הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EXO 12 48 va2p figs-youcrowd אִתְּךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְאָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַעֲשֹׂת֔וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּאֶזְרַ֣ח הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּאֶזְרַ֣ח הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְכָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽוֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַיְהִ֕י בְּעֶ֖צֶם הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְהָיָה֩ לְךָ֨ לְא֜וֹת עַל־יָדְךָ֗ וּלְזִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔יךָ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead This phrase compares the Festival of Unleavened bread to two different types of physical reminders that help people not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְךָ֨ לְא֜וֹת עַל־יָדְךָ֗ 1 a reminder for you on your hand Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּלְזִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔יךָ 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּפִ֑יךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּפִ֑יךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְחִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 14 4 tw2m וְרָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 I will get honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what **they did** explicitly. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַיֻּגַּד֙ לְמֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled Alternate translation: “had run away”
EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes toward the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes toward the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵעָבְדֵֽנוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1085,10 +1085,10 @@ EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּבְקָעֵ֑הוּ 1 divide it in two Alternate tran
EXO 14 17 z5ub וַאֲנִ֗י הִנְנִ֤י 1 Be aware Here, **behold me** is an expression meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”
EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means that God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were “strong.” If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 14 17 asz9 וְיָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them Alternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 17 asfq figs-activepassive וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י בְּפַרְעֹ֔ה בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י בְּפַרְעֹ֔ה בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 so they will go after them Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 19 m1do עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽעָנָן֙ 1 so they will go after them See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
EXO 14 19 ysv9 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so they will go after them This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ עַל־הַיָּ֑ם 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖וֹ וְעַל־פָּרָשָֽׁיו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 14 27 wn3q וַיֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜וֹ עַל־הַיָּ֗ם 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִפְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִפְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַיְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּת֥וֹךְ הַיָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting toward the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּהֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 15 5 yefe figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 they went down into the depths like a stone This comparison is that just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 15 6 jx52 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑יךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖מוֹ כַּקַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּבְרֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּלֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean “possess” or “inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse or to recapturing them as slaves or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen or to keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people) or something else is not so clear. It could also refer to taking away their life and breath. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” or “my hand will kill them”
EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְרוּחֲךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽעוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּמַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how quickly God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤כָה בָּֽאֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “extremely fearful.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become extremely fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּגְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּגְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּאָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone This could mean: (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ וְתִטָּעֵ֨מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express where God would bring them explicitly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Sh
EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָה 1 Marah We do not know the exact location of **Marah**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 15 24 n64m וַיִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָעָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said Murmur is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people complained against Moses” or “And the people grumbled at Moses”
EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-idiom וְהַיָּשָׁ֤ר בְּעֵינָיו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-idiom וְהַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְמִצְוֺתָ֔יו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening, and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-idiom כָּֽל־הַמַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְמִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔יךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 The whole community of Israelites complained Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Translate it in a way that makes it clear that this did not actually happen. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְיַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְיַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָכֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming **down from heaven** as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּתוֹרָתִ֖י 1 my law Alternate translation: “in my instruction”
EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְהָיָה֙ בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְהֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they Alternate translation: “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare”
EXO 17 intro f12q 0 7# Exodus 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water<br>- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Naming<br><br>As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּרְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּן֙ עִמָּדִ֔י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣נוּ מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם לְהָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛י וְאֶת־בָּנַ֥י וְאֶת־מִקְנַ֖י בַּצָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** is a new participant in the story, which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְגָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְגָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win The words **Israel** and **Amalek** represent the fighters from those groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his **hands became heavy**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his **hands became heavy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 17 12 js2p מִזֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּמִזֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy Alternate translation: “one on one side, and one on the other”
EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְפִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in combat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְפִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in combat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽי 1 Amalek A **banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”
EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult, and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the Hebrew preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”
EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַיהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
@ -1276,13 +1276,13 @@ EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽיהָ 1 after h
EXO 18 3 khs1 וְאֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑יהָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom **Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer **Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵחֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword The phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵחֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword The phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 5 zzab וּבָנָ֥יו 1 where he was camped Alternate translation: “with his sons”
EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַיִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַיִּשַּׁק־ל֔וֹ 1 bowed down, and kissed him These were symbolic acts that were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַתְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of **hardships** happening to them as if hardships had discovered where they were. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּמִיַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִתַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּמִיַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִתַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַדָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did”
EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites (**them**). This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bringing judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַבֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָעָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day”
EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָעָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ וְכָל־הָעָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖יךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from morning until evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out Alternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired”
EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּךָ֙ 1 This burden is too heavy for you Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 19 9 ih2h figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 19 10 ie7y וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֥ם 1 you must set them apart to me This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me”
EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 19 12 d48p וְהִגְבַּלְתָּ֤ 1 set boundaries The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
EXO 19 12 hhv5 figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם 1 set boundaries A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 19 12 xct0 הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּהָ֖ר וּנְגֹ֣עַ בְּקָצֵ֑הוּ 1 set boundaries Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge”
EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְכָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִמַּ֔עַל וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּמַּ֖יִם מִתַּ֥חַת לָאָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means all created things wherever they are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created, whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 20 4 rkn1 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 20 5 ka3i writing-pronouns לָהֶ֖ם 1 You must not bow down to them or worship them Here, **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis בָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by **sons**, therefore **third and fourth** refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” or “and even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis בָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by **sons**, therefore **third and fourth** refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” or “and even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “to generations 3 and 4”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns וְעֹ֥שֶׂה חֶ֖סֶד לַאֲלָפִ֑ים לְאֹהֲבַ֖י 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply necessary words from the context. Alternate translation: “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply necessary words from the context. Alternate translation: “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 20 6 yw38 figs-metonymy לַאֲלָפִ֑ים לְאֹהֲבַ֖י 1 to thousands of those who love me Here, **thousands** may mean: (1) “forever,” that is, “to all descendants forever” (2) a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “for every generation” or “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 20 7 o96b תִשָּׂ֛א…יִשָּׂ֥א 1 take the name of Yahweh your God To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name or making a claim to him or attempting to manipulate him or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term.
EXO 20 7 t3k2 לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 take the name of Yahweh your God Alternate translation: “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God”
@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַשָּׁ֑וְא…לַשָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain Alter
EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ 1 I will not hold guiltless If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. . Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 20 8 kwn7 לְקַדְּשֽׁוֹ 1 set it apart Alternate translation: “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me”
EXO 20 9 sad1 מְלַאכְתֶּֽךָ 1 do all your work Alternate translation: “your occupation” or “your livelihood”
EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 on the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery Alternate translation: “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְרֵעֲךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony Alternate translation: “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor”
EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵאלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold Alternate translation: “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar The phrase **an altar of earth** means an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay.
EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְלֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְמַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter, you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ עָלָֽיו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְיָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּן׃ 1 You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 22 22 l2ih וְיָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child Alternate translation: “or child with no parents”
EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְחָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּחָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, perhaps while fighting in a war. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְחָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּחָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, perhaps while fighting in a war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 22 25 v5je כְּנֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender Alternate translation: “like one who lends money”
EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּן עָלָ֖יו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest Alternate translation: “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan”
EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְבַדָּ֔הּ 1 only covering Alternate translation: “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm”
EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
EXO 23 1 eeoc figs-abstractnouns לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 dishonest witness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **report** and **emptiness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 23 1 fu5k figs-idiom אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע 1 dishonest witness Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 1 fu5k figs-idiom אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע 1 dishonest witness Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 2 nqz9 וְלֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה 1 nor may you bear witness Alternate translation: “and you also must not speak”
EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְרָעֹ֑ת 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd The phrase “from justice” is omitted twice but should be understood in both cases. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd The phrase “from justice” is omitted twice but should be understood in both cases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice Here, **to turn aside** means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in an unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice”
EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ בְּרִיבֽוֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit Alternate translation: “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּרִיבֽוֹ 1 lawsuit Here, **in his lawsuit** refers to any matter that a court decides.
EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive וְיִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְךָ֖ וְהַגֵּֽר 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to Alternate translation: “Do” or “Obey”
EXO 23 13 va2j figs-parallelism וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These two instructions mean almost the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These parallel phrases probably mean praying to other gods. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods, never let me hear you do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These parallel phrases probably mean praying to other gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods, never let me hear you do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽאָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EXO 23 16 ybsb וְחַ֤ג הַקָּצִיר֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering Elsewhere this is called the “Festival of Weeks.” See [Exodus 34:22](../34/22.md) and Deuteronomy 16:9 and following.
EXO 23 16 pnx4 וְחַ֤ג הָֽאָסִף֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering”
EXO 23 16 wgxm figs-metaphor בְּצֵ֣את הַשָּׁנָ֔ה 1 Festival of Ingathering The phrase **in the exiting of the year** means at the end of the year. The year is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙…אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הָאָדֹ֥ן׀ יְהוָֽה׃ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here, to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙…אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הָאָדֹ֥ן׀ יְהוָֽה׃ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here, to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 20 bssx figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 pm7x figs-activepassive הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 23 21 p5y3 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְפִשְׁעֲכֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ׃ 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are connected in such a way that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions; therefore, do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins, for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ 1 My name is on him Here, **name** refers to God’s authority. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּשְׁמַ֥ע בְּקֹל֖וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ 1 My name is on him Here, **name** refers to God’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּשְׁמַ֥ע בְּקֹל֖וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism וְאָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔יךָ וְצַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽיךָ 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 23 23 x2nh figs-metonymy לְפָנֶיךָ֒ 1 This phrase, **before your face**, means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּמַֽעֲשֵׂיהֶ֑ם 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and you must not live as the people live who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 23 25 ydl4 figs-123person וּבֵרַ֥ךְ…וַהֲסִרֹתִ֥י 1 he will bless…I will remove Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here, both **he** and **I** refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 23 26 q4gz figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֛ה מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה וַעֲקָרָ֖ה 1 No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 23 26 i1r9 מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly, resulting in the death of the baby
EXO 23 26 geqg figs-idiom אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖יךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא 1 miscarry This is an idiom that means to live a long time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 26 geqg figs-idiom אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖יךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא 1 miscarry This is an idiom that means to live a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 27 yps8 figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 27 q901 figs-idiom וְנָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛יךָ אֵלֶ֖יךָ עֹֽרֶף 1 miscarry This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 27 q901 figs-idiom וְנָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛יךָ אֵלֶ֖יךָ עֹֽרֶף 1 miscarry This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 23 28 t0r1 figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֑יךָ…מִלְּפָנֶֽיךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you … from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 28 cg7i translate-unknown הַצִּרְעָ֖ה 1 hornets The **hornet** is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 23 28 oocw grammar-collectivenouns הַצִּרְעָ֖ה…וְגֵרְשָׁ֗ה 1 hornets Here, **hornet** is used in the singular but refers to a large group of the flying, stinging insects. **It** agrees in number with **hornet**. It may be necessary to translate as a plural. Alternate translation: “hornets … and they will drive out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ EXO 24 2 p06o writing-pronouns וְהֵ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders He
EXO 24 2 dqnp figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 24 3 sbc3 writing-newevent 0 with one voice Verses 3-8 tell of a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 24 3 nuqr 0 with one voice See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event.
EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice Here, **with one voice** is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice Here, **with one voice** is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 24 4 h7gg תַּ֣חַת הָהָ֑ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “at the base of the mountain”
EXO 24 4 uipf translate-numbers וּשְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִשְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 24 7 c9tm translate-unknown סֵ֣פֶר הַבְּרִ֔ית 1 foot of the mountain Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 24 10 q8sn לִבְנַ֣ת 1 pavement a hard surface for walking or riding
EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown הַסַּפִּ֔יר 1 sapphire stone A **sapphire** is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with, you may use it here, as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 24 10 zd6u figs-simile וּכְעֶ֥צֶם הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָטֹֽהַר 1 as clear as the sky itself The point of this comparison is the blueness of the tile. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders Here, **his hand** refers to his judgement. This means that God did not harm the leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders Here, **his hand** refers to his judgement. This means that God did not harm the leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 24 11 b398 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders What would be expected is that they would die if they saw God. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected. Be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 24 12 dx4f figs-explicit לְהוֹרֹתָֽם 1 tablets of stone and the law and commandments This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 24 13 flw7 writing-participants וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 with his assistant Joshua **Joshua** is introduced here again. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EXO 24 14 qiy4 לָ֣נוּ 1 wait for us Alternate translation: “Joshua and me”
EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names וְחוּר֙ 1 Hur **Hur** is a man’s name. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 24 14 jyh8 וְהִנֵּ֨ה 1 Hur **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted. If your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information, you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember”
EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 Yahweh’s glory If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּאֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “blue yarn
EXO 26 4 wdum translate-ordinal הָאֶחָ֔ת…הַשֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּחֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “in one set of five curtains”
EXO 26 4 gjt1 בַּמַּחְבֶּ֖רֶת הַשֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set Alternate translation: “in the other set of five curtains”
EXO 26 5 nkr7 figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽהּ 1 one set This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 26 5 nkr7 figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽהּ 1 one set This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 26 6 sns4 וְעָשִׂ֕יתָ חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים קַרְסֵ֣י זָהָ֑ב וְחִבַּרְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַיְרִיעֹ֜ת אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָהּ֙ 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.
EXO 26 6 k12s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָהּ֙ 1 clasps This is the same idiom as in the previous verse, meaning together. Alternate translation: “to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps Alternate translation: “as though it were one piece”
@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ EXO 27 9 v748 translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 fine twined li
EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance מֵאָ֤ה בָֽאַמָּה֙ 1 one hundred cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 10 qq8f וְעַמֻּדָ֣יו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְאַדְנֵיהֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת 1 one hundred cubits Here, **bronze** may refer to both the **pillars** and the **bases**, or just to the **bases.** The pillars inside the tent were of wood overlaid with gold; these may be wood overlaid with bronze.
EXO 27 11 gjg5 0 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9-10](../27/09.md).
EXO 27 11 ynao figs-ellipsis מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “100 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 27 11 ynao figs-ellipsis מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “100 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ EXO 27 16 kn9u 0 blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen See
EXO 27 16 g5wi translate-bdistance עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה 1 an embroiderer You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 17 wtng figs-activepassive מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים 1 an embroiderer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 27 18 wt7n translate-bdistance מֵאָ֨ה בָֽאַמָּ֜ה…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּחֲמִשִּׁ֗ים…חָמֵ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 one hundred cubits If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters … 23 meters … 2.3 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 18 mu6b figs-ellipsis חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּחֲמִשִּׁ֗ים 1 one hundred cubits Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 27 18 mu6b figs-ellipsis חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּחֲמִשִּׁ֗ים 1 one hundred cubits Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛יו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal driven into the ground and used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or to secure ropes in order to create tension to stabilize something standing upright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָעֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony The **testimony** refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 27 21 nlwz יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it”
@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An em
EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes The **sashes** are decorative pieces of cloth that people wear around the waist or across the chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּמִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a decorative, narrow strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. This seems to be similar to, but perhaps smaller than the turban worn by the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔יךָ 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּמִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּמִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This refers to the male genitalia. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes<br><br>Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.<br><br>## Structure<br><br>As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.<br>The Consecration of the Priests<br>- v. 1-3 Preparing items<br>- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons<br>- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar<br>- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams<br> * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned<br> * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating<br> * v. 29-30 Priestly succession<br> * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram<br>- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days<br>- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings<br>- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Consecrating priests<br><br>This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Forms of you<br><br>For this chapter, it seems that the singular “you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.<br><br>### “I will live among the Israelites”<br><br>As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ EXO 29 36 r5tx 0 General Information: This verse and the next explain the purp
EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּפַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַיּוֹם֙ עַל־הַכִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְחִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּכַפֶּרְךָ֖ עָלָ֑יו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector. In languages that need to put purpose first, you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holiest holy** means extremely or uniquely holy. If this form would not express that this item would become uniquely holy in your language you may need to find another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “will also become set apart”
EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: The phrase **sons of a year** is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: The phrase **sons of a year** is an idiom meaning one year old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָעַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part A **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. A **fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
EXO 29 40 nd8q figs-explicit וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת 1 a tenth…the fourth part Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1945,10 +1945,10 @@ EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔יו 1 horns These were projections that lo
EXO 30 10 san2 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holiest holy** means extremely or uniquely holy. If this form would not express that this item would become uniquely holy in your language you may need to find another way to express this idea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַיהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take This could mean: (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָעֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָעֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 30 13 a2py translate-bmoney הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ EXO 30 38 xn6v לְהָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑הּ 1 perfume This could mea
EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-11: Selection of the skilled craftsmen<br>- v. 12-17: Sabbath instruction<br>- v. 18: the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְשֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְשֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָאֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 3 hley figs-abstractnouns בְּחָכְמָ֛ה 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **skill** in another way. Alternate translation: “so he can work skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2009,10 +2009,10 @@ EXO 31 3 my4f figs-abstractnouns וּבִתְבוּנָ֥ה 1 I have fille
EXO 31 3 emp5 figs-abstractnouns וּבְדַ֖עַת 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** in another way. Alternate translation: “and so he knows his work well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 31 3 r6i5 figs-abstractnouns וּבְכָל־מְלָאכָֽה 1 for all kinds of craftsmanship If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **craftsmanship** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 31 6 jh61 translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב…אֲחִֽיסָמָךְ֙ 1 Oholiab…Ahisamak These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 31 6 wcq7 figs-idiom וּבְלֵ֥ב כָּל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב נָתַ֣תִּי חָכְמָ֑ה 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 31 6 wcq7 figs-idiom וּבְלֵ֥ב כָּל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב נָתַ֣תִּי חָכְמָ֑ה 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 31 11 iusb writing-pronouns יַעֲשֽׂוּ 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise **They** refers to Bezalel and Oholiab as well as the unnamed other “skilled of heart” (talented craftsmen) referred to in [verse 2](../31/02.md) and [verse 6](../30/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 31 13 bveg figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days A second-level direct quotation starts after **saying**. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. There are multiple possible endings for this quotation, which will be addressed in later verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days Yahweh uses the phrase **keep my Sabbaths** as a metaphor for obeying his instructions about the Sabbath, as if it was a precious thing they should guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days Yahweh uses the phrase **keep my Sabbaths** as a metaphor for obeying his instructions about the Sabbath, as if it was a precious thing they should guard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 13 gw13 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
EXO 31 14 dsya figs-quotemarks לָכֶ֑ם 1 throughout your people’s generations One possible ending place for the second-level quotation that began in the previous verse is after **to you**. The rest of Yahweh’s instructions to Moses in this section do not use the second person to address Israel directly, so you may close the second-level quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day Alternat
EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “a Sabbath of complete rest”
EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְשָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath Yahweh uses the phrase **keep my Sabbaths** as a metaphor for obeying his instructions about the Sabbath, as if it was a precious thing they should guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְשָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath Yahweh uses the phrase **keep my Sabbaths** as a metaphor for obeying his instructions about the Sabbath, as if it was a precious thing they should guard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְדֹרֹתָ֖ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). Alternate translation: “; they and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.”
EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “A covenant that will always exist” or “A lasting covenant”
EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַיִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatt
EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַיַּ֣רְא הָעָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here, the word **saw** is used to indicate understanding or realization of a situation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַיִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָעָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people both decided to gather and were the ones gathering. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean that he should literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean that he should literally stand up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ 1 go before us Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people.
EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְהָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me Here, **them** refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had hard necks. The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him (not going in the way God commanded). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַזֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people The word **people** is a collective noun, so the pronouns referring to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 32 10 fmk3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּה֙ 1 Now then **So now** is used here to mark that Yahweh’s next statements are a result of what he has said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְיִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥י בָהֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְיִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥י בָהֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 10 vc2u writing-pronouns אוֹתְךָ֖ 1 from you Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 32 11 h62e figs-rquestion לָמָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּךָ֙ בְּעַמֶּ֔ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּכֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּבְיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, do not let your nose burn against your people whom you have brought out from the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּךָ֙ בְּעַמֶּ֔ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry with his people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּךָ֙ בְּעַמֶּ֔ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry with his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet בְּכֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּבְיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. If doubling in this way would not convey emphasis in your language, you will need to find a way to translate it that does give emphasis. Alternate translation: “using your very strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy וּבְיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 a mighty hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and with powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָמָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵאמֹ֗ר בְּרָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָם֙ לַהֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָם֙ בֶּֽהָרִ֔ים וּ֨לְכַלֹּתָ֔ם מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽאֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽאֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the land” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ וְהִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָרָעָ֖ה לְעַמֶּֽךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentance also means to turn from). This imagery may not translate into your language, and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down, and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about”
EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath”
EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְכָל־הָאָ֨רֶץ הַזֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְזַרְעֲכֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan.
@ -2074,12 +2074,12 @@ EXO 32 17 cua3 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ 1 he said to Moses Jo
EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְאֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses These lines are widely considered to be poetic. It is not clear why a poetic form is used here. In some languages it may not be appropriate to convey this response in poetic form, in which case another form may be used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְאֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the more contrastive UST may be followed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 32 18 fdg8 figs-explicit ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets Alternate translation: “at the bottom of”
EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְךָ֖ הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖יו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖יו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to **sin** as if sin were an object and Aaron put it **on them**. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְרָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְרָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 22 h6dm figs-123person הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil Here, **it** is used because **people** is grammatically singular in Hebrew. Alternate translation: “they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 32 23 w91d figs-quotesinquotes עֲשֵׂה־לָ֣נוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵלְכ֖וּ לְפָנֵ֑ינוּ כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱלָ֨נוּ֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְנוּ מֶה־הָ֥יָה לֽוֹ׃ 1 they are set on doing evil This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָאִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md).
EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild Alternate translation: “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”
EXO 32 25 csg0 grammar-collectivenouns כִּ֥י פָרֻ֖עַ ה֑וּא כִּֽי־פְרָעֹ֣ה אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 were running wild Here, the pronoun **it** agrees with the grammatical number of **people** (singular). If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that they were let loose, for Aaron had let them loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֥י לַיהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑י 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that whoever was for Yahweh should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַיהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַיהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָשׁ֜וּבוּ מִשַּׁ֤עַר לָשַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from one side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”
EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּשְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְכֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text, as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 33 12 ohra writing-newevent 0 See A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 33 12 hlsl figs-quotations הַ֚עַל אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה…דַעְתִּ֣יךָֽ בְשֵׁ֔ם וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 See You may want to make these two second-level quotations indirect to reduce the levels of quotation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 33 12 unz8 רְ֠אֵה 1 See This is an interjection to get someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣יךָֽ בְשֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣יךָֽ בְשֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means “I am pleased with you” so it means that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means “I am pleased with you” so it means that God is pleased with Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 33 12 y281 figs-metaphor וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **in my eyes** is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 33 12 es6z figs-abstractnouns וְגַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָֽי 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **favor** is an abstract noun that you could express in another way if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: “and you have also been found approved in my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 33 13 e6vv מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּעֵינֶ֗יךָ…אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **in your eyes** is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md).
EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּעֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** as if it were an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔י 1 See If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְשַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛י עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 See Here Yahweh speaks as if he, like a person, had hands that could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a simile to retain the image, as this figure is important to retain and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you as with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְשַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛י עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 See Here Yahweh speaks as if he, like a person, had hands that could cover things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile to retain the image, as this figure is important to retain and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you as with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַהֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔י וְרָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑י וּפָנַ֖י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be retained, if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be as if I stop covering you with a hand, and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּפָנַ֖י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements, be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּפָנַ֖י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֥א בְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” This could mean: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְרַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness**, you can express the same idea in another way. (For **covenant faithfulness**, see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises toward the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָאֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations See how you translated **covenant faithfulness**in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ EXO 34 7 dxkb figs-metonymy לָאֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will The word **t
EXO 34 7 hllt figs-litany עָוֺ֛ן וָפֶ֖שַׁע וְחַטָּאָ֑ה 1 But he will This list is meant to convey the idea of every kind of wrong. If a list like this would be misunderstood in your language you may need to use other terms or forms to make this point. Alternate translation: “every kind of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָפֶ֖שַׁע וְחַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן 1 But he will If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquity, transgression, and sin**, you can express the same ideas in another way., as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person וְנַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְנַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translations: “But he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “But he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “But he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְנַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translations: “But he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “But he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “But he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 34 7 lyrg figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן 1 will by no means clear the guilty Here, **iniquity** refers to the consequences or the punishment for iniquity. Alternate translation: “the punishment for the iniquity of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְעַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. This means that Yahweh makes the consequences of people’s sins affect their descendants. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְעַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 their children The references to **sons** and **sons of the sons** represents descendants. Alternate translation: “on their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites
EXO 35 4 ugn4 figs-quotations וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר זֶ֣ה הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹֽר 1 General Information: Verses 5-19 are a second-level direct quotation. If it would be better to reduce the quotation level in your language, you may want to make this introductory comment (everything after the first **saying**) an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Moses told all of the congregation of the sons of Israel the things that Yahweh commanded, saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 35 5 h5c8 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 25:2-3](../25/02.md).
EXO 35 5 n2c8 קְח֨וּ מֵֽאִתְּכֶ֤ם תְּרוּמָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Alternate translation: “Take up a collection for Yahweh from what you have”
EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “from” is omitted but suggested by the sentence grammar. Also, **every** means “every person.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “from every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “from” is omitted but suggested by the sentence grammar. Also, **every** means “every person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “from every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “from everyone who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 35 5 gx87 0 General Information: After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list.
EXO 35 6 r12v 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ EXO 35 9 f1dd 0 General Information: Except for an initial **and**, this verse
EXO 35 9 hcs9 translate-unknown וְאַ֨בְנֵי־שֹׁ֔הַם 1 General Information: An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red, or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 35 9 kk7z וְאַבְנֵ֖י 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “and treasured gems for”
EXO 35 10 dc4b figs-metonymy וְכָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב 1 Every skilled man Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to things innately possessed by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftsman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 35 10 ugjb 0 Every skilled man After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list.
EXO 35 11 s0ip מִכְסֵ֑הוּ 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
EXO 35 11 j5t7 קְרָסָיו֙ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy מִלִּפְנֵ֥י מֹשֶֽׁה 1 all t
EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַיָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֑וֹ וְכֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜וֹ אֹת֗וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language, you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַיָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֑וֹ וְכֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜וֹ אֹת֗וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a person’s will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a person’s will in this way, you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came, and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 35 21 ckmu figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֑וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֑וֹ וְכֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜וֹ אֹת֗וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, whose,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֑וֹ וְכֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜וֹ אֹת֗וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, whose,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 35 21 kew0 figs-abstractnouns וּלְבִגְדֵ֖י הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 all the tribes of Israel If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. See how you translated this in [28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “and for the holy clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md): **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 35 22 yzsw ל׀ נְדִ֣יב 1 all who had a willing heart Alternate translation: “who were impelled of”
EXO 35 23 s3ky 0 Everyone who had…brought them See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md).
EXO 35 23 dweo figs-activepassive וְכָל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נִמְצָ֣א אִתּ֗וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And every man who owned” or “And every man having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 35 23 hg0d figs-gendernotations וְכָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here **man** includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EXO 35 23 t3ti figs-hyperbole וְכָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **every man** is used here without the restriction, “who was willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 35 23 t3ti figs-hyperbole וְכָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **every man** is used here without the restriction, “who was willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 35 24 qpep figs-activepassive וְכֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א אִתּ֜וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “and everyone who owned” or “and everyone having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 35 24 zk6i כָּל־מֵרִ֗ים 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **all** is limited by **presenters**, meaning only everyone who brought contributions. Avoid implying that every single Israelite did this (though very many did). Alternate translation: “All who decided to offer”
EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְכֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְכֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְכָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the Dwelling as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to something innately possessed by a person, that is, a trait of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “who possessed the skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַתְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְאֶת־הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ EXO 35 31 qx5o figs-abstractnouns וּבְדַ֖עַת 1 He has filled Bez
EXO 35 31 cf63 figs-abstractnouns וּבְכָל־מְלָאכָֽה 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for **craftsmanship**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 35 32 r7e3 0 to make artistic designs…bronze This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md), except for the first **and**.
EXO 35 33 fj6f 0 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) except for the final **of invention**.
EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּלְהוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּלִבּ֑וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here, **put in his heart** is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he gave to them the ability and desire to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּלְהוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּלִבּ֑וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here, **put in his heart** is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he gave to them the ability and desire to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְאָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**).
EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ EXO 38 8 mdx9 figs-explicit בְּמַרְאֹת֙ 1 He made the basin out of
EXO 38 9 clk6 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md).
EXO 38 10 nz6q 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
EXO 38 11 mp6n 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md).
EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽאַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽאַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 12 g5iz 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md).
EXO 38 13 iju3 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md).
EXO 38 14 n1xj 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md).
EXO 38 19 fjw4 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
EXO 38 20 ye5c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּיַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar **Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּבְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel**, **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 38 22 i4ha figs-ellipsis מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 22 i4ha figs-ellipsis מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 38 23 wvw4 חָרָ֣שׁ וְחֹשֵׁ֑ב וְרֹקֵ֗ם בַּתְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּבָֽאַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּבְתוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י וּבַשֵּֽׁשׁ 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md).
EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַזָּהָ֗ב הֶֽעָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 38 26 rp46 0 one hundred talents See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md).
EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַגֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 half a shekel A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
EXO 38 26 nvf8 figs-ellipsis לְכֹ֨ל הָעֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֗ים מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה לְשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 half a shekel Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 26 nvf8 figs-ellipsis לְכֹ֨ל הָעֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֗ים מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה לְשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 half a shekel Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 34 kilograms. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָאֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁבַ֤ע הַמֵּאוֹת֙ וַחֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְשִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָאֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁבַ֤ע הַמֵּאוֹת֙ וַחֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְשִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְאַלְפַּ֥יִם וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms, and a shekel is about 11 grams. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּבְהֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽעָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְאִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶעָנָ֑ן וְלֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽוֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob, who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob, who was also named Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word
JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 14 3 lcb9 figs-rquestion 0 Is there not a woman among the daughters of your relatives, or among all our people? They ask this question to suggest that they could find Samson a wife among their own people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely there are women among your people whom you could marry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 3 x278 figs-euphemism 0 the daughters of your relatives The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among your relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 14 3 wj22 figs-rquestion 0 Are you going to take a wife from the uncircumcised Philistines? This question is asked to rebuke Samson. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this questionas a statement. you could make explicit the reason his parents do not want him to marry a Philistine. Alternate translation: “You really should not marry a Philistine woman because the Philistine people do not worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 14 3 wj22 figs-rquestion 0 Are you going to take a wife from the uncircumcised Philistines? This question is asked to rebuke Samson. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this questionas a statement. you could make explicit the reason his parents do not want him to marry a Philistine. Alternate translation: “You really should not marry a Philistine woman because the Philistine people do not worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 14 3 srv6 figs-idiom 0 Get her for me This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to be my wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 14 3 r62c figs-explicit 0 she pleases me This means that Samson thinks she is beautiful. “I am pleased by how beautiful she is” or “she is beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 14 4 ubq9 0 this matter This refers to Samson’s request to marry the Philistine woman.
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
941
JDG
14
2
b9h1
figs-idiom
0
Now get her for me to be my wife
This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
942
JDG
14
3
lcb9
figs-rquestion
0
Is there not a woman among the daughters of your relatives, or among all our people?
They ask this question to suggest that they could find Samson a wife among their own people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely there are women among your people whom you could marry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
943
JDG
14
3
x278
figs-euphemism
0
the daughters of your relatives
The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among your relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
944
JDG
14
3
wj22
figs-rquestion
0
Are you going to take a wife from the uncircumcised Philistines?
This question is asked to rebuke Samson. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this questionas a statement. you could make explicit the reason his parents do not want him to marry a Philistine. Alternate translation: “You really should not marry a Philistine woman because the Philistine people do not worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])This question is asked to rebuke Samson. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this question as a statement. you could make explicit the reason his parents do not want him to marry a Philistine. Alternate translation: “You really should not marry a Philistine woman because the Philistine people do not worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
945
JDG
14
3
srv6
figs-idiom
0
Get her for me
This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to be my wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
946
JDG
14
3
r62c
figs-explicit
0
she pleases me
This means that Samson thinks she is beautiful. “I am pleased by how beautiful she is” or “she is beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
947
JDG
14
4
ubq9
0
this matter
This refers to Samson’s request to marry the Philistine woman.
1SA 9 18 pwf2 0 the seer Alternate translation: “the prophet of Yahweh”
1SA 9 20 fdy4 figs-rquestion 0 Then on whom are all the desires of Israel set? Is it not on you and all your father’s house? These questions are an expression of deep conviction that Saul is the one whom Yahweh wants to be the king that the Israelites are looking for. The questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You should know that it is on you that all the desires of Israel are set. They are set on you and your father’s family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 9 21 z2ng figs-rquestion 0 Am not I a Benjamite … of Israel? Is not my clan … Benjamin? Why then have you spoken to me in this manner? Saul is expressing surprise because Benjamin was the smallest tribe in Israel, and other Israelites considered the tribe unimportant. Also, Benjamites considered the clan of which Saul was a member as unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I am from the tribe of Benjamin, the least important of all tribes. And my clan is the least important clan in our tribe. I do not understand why you are saying that the Israelite people want me and my family to do something important.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 9 21 z2ng figs-rquestion 0 Am not I a Benjamite … of Israel? Is not my clan … Benjamin? Why then have you spoken to me in this manner? Saul is expressing surprise because Benjamin was the smallest tribe in Israel, and other Israelites considered the tribe unimportant. Also, Benjamites considered the clan of which Saul was a member as unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I am from the tribe of Benjamin, the least important of all tribes. And my clan is the least important clan in our tribe. I do not understand why you are saying that the Israelite people want me and my family to do something important.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 9 22 wn3v 0 the hall The writer assumes that the reader knows that near the place where they would offer sacrifices there was a large building in which people would eat together.
1SA 9 22 rw25 0 head place This is the seat of honor.
Then on whom are all the desires of Israel set? Is it not on you and all your father’s house?
These questions are an expression of deep conviction that Saul is the one whom Yahweh wants to be the king that the Israelites are looking for. The questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You should know that it is on you that all the desires of Israel are set. They are set on you and your father’s family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
376
1SA
9
21
z2ng
figs-rquestion
0
Am not I a Benjamite … of Israel? Is not my clan … Benjamin? Why then have you spoken to me in this manner?
Saul is expressing surprise because Benjamin was the smallest tribe in Israel, and other Israelites considered the tribe unimportant. Also, Benjamites considered the clan of which Saul was a member as unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I am from the tribe of Benjamin, the least important of all tribes. And my clan is the least important clan in our tribe. I do not understand why you are saying that the Israelite people want me and my family to do something important.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Saul is expressing surprise because Benjamin was the smallest tribe in Israel, and other Israelites considered the tribe unimportant. Also, Benjamites considered the clan of which Saul was a member as unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questions as statements. Alternate translation: “I am from the tribe of Benjamin, the least important of all tribes. And my clan is the least important clan in our tribe. I do not understand why you are saying that the Israelite people want me and my family to do something important.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
377
1SA
9
22
wn3v
0
the hall
The writer assumes that the reader knows that near the place where they would offer sacrifices there was a large building in which people would eat together.
@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 8 2 gg55 figs-metaphor 0 How long will the words of your mouth be a mighty wind? Bildad speaks of Job’s words as if they are as empty and insubstantial as the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “The words of your mouth are as insignificant as a mighty wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 3 x959 figs-rquestion 0 Does God pervert justice? Does the Almighty pervert righteousness? Here “God” and “the Almighty” both refer to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “God does not pervert justice; the Almighty does not pervert righteousness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 3 x959 figs-rquestion 0 Does God pervert justice? Does the Almighty pervert righteousness? Here “God” and “the Almighty” both refer to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “God does not pervert justice; the Almighty does not pervert righteousness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 3 p2fp 0 pervert justice?…pervert righteousness? Alternate translation: “approve of and do what is not just?…approve of and do what is not righteous?”
JOB 8 4 icy5 figs-metonymy 0 for he gave them into the hand of their sins Here “hand” represents the power or results of sin. Bildad implies that God killed Job’s children because of their sin. Alternate translation: “for God caused the consequences of your children’s sins to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 8 5 lpy9 figs-hypo 0 But suppose you diligently sought God and presented your request to the Almighty Bildad is saying what would have happened if Job had correctly spoken to God, but Bildad does not believe that Job really did this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ JOB 38 5 nt85 figs-rquestion 0 Who stretched the measuring line over it? If it
JOB 38 5 wjp1 0 measuring line a rope or cord that people use to make something the right size and shape
JOB 38 6 i7br figs-rquestion 0 General Information: The word “its” refers to the earth. Yahweh uses more questions to emphasize that Job could never understand how great God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 6 i5wb figs-rquestion 0 On what were its foundations laid? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this questionas a statement. Alternate translation: “On what did I set its foundations?” or “Tell me on what its foundations were laid.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 38 6 i5wb figs-rquestion 0 On what were its foundations laid? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this questionas a statement. Alternate translation: “On what did I set its foundations?” or “Tell me on what its foundations were laid.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 38 6 p5tv figs-rquestion 0 Who laid its cornerstone If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me who laid its cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 7 r55l figs-rquestion 0 Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 7 g3kf figs-rquestion 0 when the morning stars … the sons of God shouted for joy? Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “Tell me who laid its cornerstone when the morning stars … the sons of God shouted for joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ JOB 38 35 na4p figs-rquestion 0 Can you send out … you, ‘Here we are’? Th
JOB 38 35 z4cb figs-personification 0 Here we are The lightning bolts are spoken of as servants saying they are ready to follow commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 38 36 a9d6 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses three questions to emphasize to Job that he rules the clouds and rain and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 36 h7ay figs-rquestion 0 Who has put wisdom in the clouds or has given understanding to the mists? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I am the one who has put wisdom in the clouds and given understanding to the mists.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 36 h7ay figs-rquestion 0 Who has put wisdom in the clouds or has given understanding to the mists? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I am the one who has put wisdom in the clouds and given understanding to the mists.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 36 sfx3 0 has put wisdom in the clouds Alternate translation: “has given wisdom to the clouds”
JOB 38 37 qju4 figs-rquestion 0 Who can pour out the water skins of the sky If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am the one who can pour out the water skins of the sky.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ ISA 44 15 pw7t figs-parallelism 0 he makes an idol and bows down to it This par
ISA 44 18 pm8e figs-metaphor 0 for their eyes are blind and cannot see Yahweh speaks of those who cannot understand the foolishness of worshiping idols as if they were blind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 44 18 w7kp figs-synecdoche 0 for their eyes are blind Here “their eyes” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “for they are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ISA 44 18 eri6 figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts cannot perceive Here the people are represented by their “hearts.” Alternate translation: “they cannot understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ISA 44 19 zz51 figs-rquestion 0 Now should I make … something disgusting to worship? Should I bow down to a block of wood? Yahweh says that these people should be asking themselves these rhetorical questions. The questions anticipate negative answers and emphasize how foolish it would be for a person to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I should not now make … something disgusting to worship. I should not bow down to a block of wood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 44 19 zz51 figs-rquestion 0 Now should I make … something disgusting to worship? Should I bow down to a block of wood? Yahweh says that these people should be asking themselves these rhetorical questions. The questions anticipate negative answers and emphasize how foolish it would be for a person to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “I should not now make … something disgusting to worship. I should not bow down to a block of wood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 44 20 w2em figs-metaphor 0 It is as if he were eating ashes Yahweh speaks of a person worshiping an idol as if that person were eating the burned ashes of the wood from which he made the idol. Just as eating ashes does not benefit a person, neither does worshiping an idol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 44 20 lnq9 figs-metonymy 0 his deceived heart misleads him The heart represents the inner person. Alternate translation: “he misleads himself because he is deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 44 20 e7xc 0 He cannot rescue himself Alternate translation: “The person who worships idols cannot save himself”
@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ JER 31 18 s9qf figs-simile 0 I have been punished like an untrained calf When p
JER 31 18 pay9 0 punished Another possible meaning is “disciplined.”
JER 31 19 ip4s figs-idiom 0 I slapped my thigh in grief. If people use a different phrase or action in your language to show that they are very sad, you may want to use it here. Alternate translation: “I rubbed my brow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 31 19 p5xj figs-doublet 0 I was ashamed and humiliated The words “ashamed” and “humiliated” mean basically the same thing and intensify the idea of shame. Alternate translation: “I was completely ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 31 20 lm82 figs-rquestion 0 Is not Ephraim my precious child? Is he not my dear, delightful son? Yahweh is speaking tenderly, trying to comfort the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “Ephraim is my precious child. He is my dear, delightful son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 31 20 lm82 figs-rquestion 0 Is not Ephraim my precious child? Is he not my dear, delightful son? Yahweh is speaking tenderly, trying to comfort the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “Ephraim is my precious child. He is my dear, delightful son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 31 20 y1a8 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 31 21 t8m8 figs-pronouns 0 Place road signs for yourself … Set up guideposts for yourself … Set your mind … you should take … Come back These commands and instances of “yourself” and “your” and “you” are addressed to “virgin Israel” and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JER 31 21 kbs3 figs-metaphor 0 Come back, virgin Israel! God is referring to a changed Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br>* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br>* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br>* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br>* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br>* Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br>* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br>* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br>* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br>* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br>* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br>* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br>* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br>* Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br>* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br>* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br>* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
2
JON
front
intro
hk4p
0
# Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br>* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br>* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br>* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br>* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br>* Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br>* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br>* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br>* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])# Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)<br>* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)<br>* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)<br>* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)<br>2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br>* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)<br>* Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)<br>* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)<br>* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)<br>* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
3
JON
1
intro
xvp2
0
# Jonah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4
JON
1
1
jdr1
writing-newevent
וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה
1
Now the word of Yahweh came
This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5
JON
1
1
ll6c
figs-idiom
וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה
1
Now the word of Yahweh came
This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ MIC 4 8 p2dj figs-metaphor 0 daughter of Zion … daughter of Jerusalem The peo
MIC 4 8 tc2d 0 hill Some modern versions understand this Hebrew word to mean “fortress” or “stronghold” here.
MIC 4 8 ccs1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to you it will come, your former dominion If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dominion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will rule over the nations as you did before” or “I will make you rule over the nations as you did before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MIC 4 9 g6px figs-rquestion 0 Now, why do you shout so loudly? Micah is mocking the people, trying to make them think about why God is dealing with them in this way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at how you are shouting loudly.” or “Think carefully about why you are shouting loudly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MIC 4 9 b1zk figs-rquestion 0 Is there no king among you? Has your counselor died? Is this why pain grips you like that of a woman in labor? Micah continues to mock the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “You have a king, but he is useless to you. All your wise people are still alive, but they have nothing wise to say to you. This is why you are weeping loudly like a woman who is giving birth to a baby.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MIC 4 9 b1zk figs-rquestion 0 Is there no king among you? Has your counselor died? Is this why pain grips you like that of a woman in labor? Micah continues to mock the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “You have a king, but he is useless to you. All your wise people are still alive, but they have nothing wise to say to you. This is why you are weeping loudly like a woman who is giving birth to a baby.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MIC 4 10 qn9l figs-simile 0 Be in pain … like a woman in labor Micah compares the suffering the people will experience when enemies force them away from their cities to the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a baby. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MIC 4 10 rci7 figs-activepassive 0 There you will be rescued. There Yahweh will rescue you Yahweh says the same thing in both active and passive forms to emphasize that he will do what he has said he will do. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “There Yahweh will rescue you. There he will rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MIC 4 10 nv5c figs-metonymy 0 the hand of your enemies Here, the word **hand** could mean: (1) it could be a metonym for the power that the hand exercises, Alternate translation: “the power of your enemies” or (2) it could be a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
144
MIC
4
8
tc2d
0
hill
Some modern versions understand this Hebrew word to mean “fortress” or “stronghold” here.
145
MIC
4
8
ccs1
figs-abstractnouns
0
to you it will come, your former dominion
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dominion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will rule over the nations as you did before” or “I will make you rule over the nations as you did before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
146
MIC
4
9
g6px
figs-rquestion
0
Now, why do you shout so loudly?
Micah is mocking the people, trying to make them think about why God is dealing with them in this way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at how you are shouting loudly.” or “Think carefully about why you are shouting loudly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
147
MIC
4
9
b1zk
figs-rquestion
0
Is there no king among you? Has your counselor died? Is this why pain grips you like that of a woman in labor?
Micah continues to mock the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questionsas statements. Alternate translation: “You have a king, but he is useless to you. All your wise people are still alive, but they have nothing wise to say to you. This is why you are weeping loudly like a woman who is giving birth to a baby.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])Micah continues to mock the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these questions as statements. Alternate translation: “You have a king, but he is useless to you. All your wise people are still alive, but they have nothing wise to say to you. This is why you are weeping loudly like a woman who is giving birth to a baby.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
148
MIC
4
10
qn9l
figs-simile
0
Be in pain … like a woman in labor
Micah compares the suffering the people will experience when enemies force them away from their cities to the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a baby. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
149
MIC
4
10
rci7
figs-activepassive
0
There you will be rescued. There Yahweh will rescue you
Yahweh says the same thing in both active and passive forms to emphasize that he will do what he has said he will do. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “There Yahweh will rescue you. There he will rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
150
MIC
4
10
nv5c
figs-metonymy
0
the hand of your enemies
Here, the word **hand** could mean: (1) it could be a metonym for the power that the hand exercises, Alternate translation: “the power of your enemies” or (2) it could be a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@ ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow y
ACT 13 35 bhos figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Paul is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **fell asleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “passed away” or “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT 13 36 nwy9 figs-activepassive προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν 1 was laid with his fathers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his fathers and he saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 13 36 f5s2 figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 13 36 f5s2 figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 13 36 la5s figs-idiom εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 saw decay Paul is using the word **saw** to mean “experienced.” Alternate translation: “experienced decay” or “underwent decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 13 36 okfp figs-explicit διαφθοράν 1 Here, the term **decay** refers to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 13 37 bmw3 writing-pronouns ὃν…ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 But he whom The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God raised up,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 20 37 sze4 translate-symaction κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were kissing him To kiss someone on the cheek was an expression of brotherly or friendly love in this culture. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they were kissing him on the cheek to express their brotherly love for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 20 38 npay figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement that he had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again In his statement, Paul was using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were never going to see him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he spoke, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br><br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he had spoken, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br><br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἤλθομεν 1 we…we came As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, throughout this chapter Luke uses the pronoun **we** (as well as the pronouns “us” and “our”) to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 21 1 a428 figs-activepassive ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 having been parted from them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having parted from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos The word **Cos** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 Rhodes The word **Rhodes** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea south of Cos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 Patara The word **Patara** is the name of a city on the southwest coast of Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-personification πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **crossing over** the Mediterranean Sea to Phoenicia on its own. Luke means that the crew of this ship was sailing it to Phoenicia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew would be sailing it over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 21 3 vkr2 figs-idiom καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 having left it behind on the port side The expression **on the port side** means on the left side of the ship. Since the ship was sailing east, this means that it sailed to the south of the island of Cyprus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sailed to the south of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 3 a429 figs-idiom κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον 1 came down to Tyre Luke says that he and his companions **came down** to Typre because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “landed at Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 3 vkr2 figs-idiom καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 having left it behind on the port side The expression **leaving it behind on the port side** means on the left side of the ship. Since the ship was sailing east, this means that it sailed to the south of the island of Cyprus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sailed to the south of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 3 a429 figs-idiom κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον 1 came down to Tyre Luke says that he and his companions **came down** to Tyre because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “landed at Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 3 a430 figs-synecdoche ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 there the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is using the last part of a process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship was going there to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was unloading its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those disciples were saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and you may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 4 a431 figs-synecdoche ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to set foot in Jerusalem The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **completed**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **finished**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **everyone** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having knelt humbly down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 21 6 a434 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 those The pronoun **those** refers to the believers from Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐμείναμεν 1 we…we stayed Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐμείναμεν 1 we…we stayed Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names Πτολεμαΐδα 1 Ptolemais The word **Ptolemais** is the name of a city that was south of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 7 ff1s figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 8 ay52 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 from the seven Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the Seven**, he means the seven men who were chosen in [6:5](../06/05.md) to distribute food and other assistance to the widows among the believers. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one of the seven men who had been chosen to oversee the assistance that the believers were providing to widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 8 vi48 grammar-honorifics τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the Evangelist Luke is using the title **Evangelist** to acknowledge the special work that Philip did in proclaiming the gospel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a descriptive phrase in your translation rather than a title. Alternate translation: “, who was known for proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
ACT 21 8 vi48 grammar-honorifics τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the Evangelist Luke is using the title **evangelist** to acknowledge the special work that Philip did in proclaiming the gospel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a descriptive phrase preceded by a comma in your translation rather than a title. Alternate translation: “, a man known for proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about the **daughters** of Philip that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT 21 9 rcf4 writing-pronouns τούτῳ…ἦσαν θυγατέρες τέσσαρες 1 to this one were four daughters The pronoun **this** refers to Philip. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Philip had four daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants κατῆλθέν τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet, Agabus by name Luke is using the phrase **a certain prophet** to introduce **Agabus** as a returning participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing returning participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a prophet named Agabus who came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT 21 11 a436 translate-symaction ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου, δήσας ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας 1 having taken the belt of Paul, having bound his own feet and hands Agabus bound his own feet and hands with Paul’s belt as a symbolic action to illustrate the prophecy he was delivering. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having taken the belt of Paul and bound his own feet and hands to illustrate the prophecy he was delivering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 The Holy Spirit says these things: ‘Thus will the Jews in Jerusalem bind the man of whom is this belt, and they will deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit says that in this way the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt and that they will deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Agabus is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles Here, **hands** represents the power of someone, in this case the power of an authority to hold an accused person in custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles Here, **hands** represents the power of someone, in this case the power of an authority to hold an accused person in custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the custody of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 of the Gentiles Agabus is using the name of a whole group, **the Gentiles**, to refer to one part of that group, its members who are in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 21 12 a437 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἐντόπιοι 1 the locals Luke is using the adjective **locals** as a noun to mean the believers who lived in that local area, that is, Caesarea. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the believers who lived in Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT 21 12 a438 figs-explicit παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς 1 were urging him Luke means implicitly that this **urging** included weeping over what would happen to Paul if he went to Jerusalem, as the next verse indicates. You can include this information here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were weeping and urging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 12 a438 figs-explicit παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς 1 were urging him Luke means implicitly that this **urging** included weeping over what would happen to Paul if he went to Jerusalem, as the next verse indicates. You can include this information here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were weeping and urging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 12 a439 figs-idiom τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 not to go up to Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν? 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? Paul is using the question form to insist that the believers in Caesarea do not need to weep over what will happen to him if he goes to Jerusalem. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Please do not weep like that, you are breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν? 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? Paul is using the question form to insist that the believers in Caesarea do not need to weep over what will happen to him if he goes to Jerusalem. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Please do not weep like that, breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart Paul is speaking as if the believers in Caesarea were literally **breaking** his **heart**. He means that they are making him very sad. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making me so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 13 k34w figs-metonymy συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart In this context, the **heart** represents the emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making me so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be bound If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for them to bind me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be bound If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not only for them to bind me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus This could mean: (1) that the **name** of Jesus represents his person. Alternate translation: “out of loyalty to the Lord Jesus” (2) that the **name** of Jesus represents his cause in the world. Alternate translation: “for the cause of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 he was not being persuaded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we were not persuading him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-explicit μὴ πειθομένου 1 he was not being persuaded Luke assumes that his readers will understand what he and the others were not persuading Paul about. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he was not being persuaded not to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-imperative3p τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 Let the will of the Lord happen If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May the will of the Lord happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT 21 15 a440 figs-idiom ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 we went up to Jerusalem Luke says that he and his traveling companions **went up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring in your language to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 16 k9kr writing-participants τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 a certain Cypriot, an early disciple Luke is using the phrase **a certain Cypriot** to introduce **Mnason** as a new participant in the story. The phrase **an early disciple** introduces him as one of the first people to believe in Jesus. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a disciple there named Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT 21 16 k9kr writing-participants τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 a certain Cypriot, an early disciple Luke is using the phrase **a certain early disciple** to introduce **Mnason** as a new participant in the story. The phrase **early disciple** introduces him as one of the first people to believe in Jesus. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Cypriot who was one of the first believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί…Κυπρίῳ 1 Mnason…Cypriot The word **Mnason** is the name of a man. The word **Cypriot** is the name for someone who lives on or comes from the island of Cyprus. See how you translated it in [11:20](../11/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 16 a441 figs-activepassive παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν 1 with whom we would be hosted If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who would be hosting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 20 a1hk writing-pronouns οἱ… ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν…αὐτῷ 1 they were glorifying…they said to him The pronoun **they** refers in these instances to James and the elders, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “James and the elders were glorifying … they said to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 20 a442 figs-metaphor θεωρεῖς 1 you see Paul does not physically **see** these tens of thousands of Jewish believers. James and the elders mean that he knows about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 20 a442 figs-metaphor θεωρεῖς 1 you see Paul does not physically **see** these tens of thousands of Jewish believers. James and the elders mean that he knows about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 20 xki4 figs-metaphor ἀδελφέ 1 brother James and the elders using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Since this expression occurs in direct discourse, you may want to preserve it in your translation to show how these believers addressed one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 20 c5pu writing-pronouns ὑπάρχουσιν 1 they are In this instance the pronoun **they** refers to the believing Jews whom James and the elders are describing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these believing Jews are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 20 a443 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν 1 they are all zealous for the law James and the elders say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are very zealous for the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -2956,14 +2956,14 @@ ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν…περὶ σοῦ 1 they h
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 they have been told If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people have told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 apostasy from Moses James and the elders are referring to the Jewish law by association with **Moses**, through whom God gave the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “apostasy from the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 21 a444 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 apostasy from Moses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **apostasy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not to obey the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs James and the elders are speaking as if the Jewish **customs** were a path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not to observe the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 21 u56t figs-explicit μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs By **the customs**, James and the elders implicitly mean the customs that Jews ordinarily observe. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “not to observe our Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs James and the elders are speaking as if the Jewish **customs** were a path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nor to observe the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 21 21 u56t figs-explicit μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs By **the customs**, James and the elders implicitly mean the customs that Jews ordinarily observe. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “nor to observe our Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 22 a445 figs-ellipsis τί οὖν ἐστιν 1 What therefore is it James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “What therefore is it that you should do” or “So what should you do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 22 a446 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν 1 What therefore is it James and the elders using the question form to introduce what they think Paul should do in response to the situation they have described. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You need to do something about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 22 a446 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν 1 What therefore is it James and the elders are using the question form to introduce what they think Paul should do in response to the situation they have described. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You need to do something about this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 23 b28b figs-exclusive λέγομεν 1 we say As the General Notes to this chapter indicate, by **we**, James and the elders mean themselves but Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 21 23 b22r translate-unknown εὐχὴν ἔχοντες 1 having a vow See how you translated the term **vow** in [18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 21 23 a447 translate-textvariants ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 from themselves Some ancient manuscripts read **from themselves.** That would be indicating that these men made the vow on their own initiative. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “upon themselves.” That would be indicating that the men still needed to fulfill the commitment implicit in the vow to make an offering in the temple at the end of the time during which the conditions of the vow were in effect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 be purified with them James and the elders assume that Paul will know that in order to make an offering at the end of the time of their vows, these men will need to made ceremonially clean so that they can go into the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “be purified with them so that you can all go to the temple area together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 be purified with them James and the elders assume that Paul will know that in order to make an offering at the end of the time of their vows, these men will need to be made ceremonially clean so that they can go into the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “be purified with them so that you can all go to the temple area together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 24 a448 figs-activepassive ἁγνίσθητι 1 be purified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “participate in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay the expenses for them James and the elders assume that Paul will know that the **expenses** at the end of a vow included buying a male and female lamb, a ram, grain, and wine for offerings. They also assume that Paul will know that the Jews considered paying such expenses for those who could not afford them to be an act of great piety. Alternate translation: “piously help them buy the animals and foods they will need for offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 so that they will shear their heads The men would cut the hair off **their heads** to show that he had fulfilled the vows that they had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. See how you translated it in [18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 21 24 a451 figs-rpronouns καὶ αὐτὸς, φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 also keeping the law yourself James and the elders are using the word **yourself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You too observe the law very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT 21 25 a452 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς ἀπεστείλαμεν…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 we sent that they should guard James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we sent them a letter telling them that they should guard themselves from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-nominaladj τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are using the adjectives **idol-sacrificed** and **strangled** as nouns to mean specific kinds of animals. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “animals that have been offered to idols … animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-metonymy τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are referring by association to meat from animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eating the meat of animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-metonymy τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are referring by association to meat from animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been offered to idols … from what is killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 25 nu0i figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 the strangled God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. James and the elders wanted Gentiles who believed in Jesus not to consume blood either. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 26 cr14 figs-explicit τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 the men Luke implicitly means the four **men** who had made a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the men who had each made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 26 a453 figs-explicit ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified so that they could enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 26 a453 figs-explicit ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified in order to enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 26 s8z9 figs-activepassive ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having participated in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερόν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερόν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 26 a454 figs-possession διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification Luke is using the possessive form **the days of purification** to mean the days during which the men’s vows were in effect, at the end of which there needed to be a **purification** ceremony. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT 21 26 a455 figs-abstractnouns διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 announcing the fulfillment of the days of purification If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 21 26 pvy3 figs-explicit τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 of the days of purification In this case Luke is referring implicitly to a separate **purification** process from the one the men fulfilled in order to enter the temple area. He means the purification process that came at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of the days of purification at the end of their vows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered for each one of them If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until each one of them offered an offering for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 27 j9zm figs-explicit αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he means the **seven days** that were customarily required for the offerings and purification ceremony at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the seven days that it took to purify these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 27 a456 figs-explicit οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews from Asia Luke implicitly means some **Jews from Asia** who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival, as described in [20:16](../20/16.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some Jews from Asia who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making the people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making many people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 27 a458 figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 the whole crowd By the **crowd**, Luke implicitly means the crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem from all over the Roman Empire for the Pentecost festival. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest or detain someone, by association with the way that arresting officers or concerned citizens might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they held onto him” or “they detained him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 28 a459 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 28 a460 figs-hyperbole πάντας πανταχῇ 1 all everywhere The Jews from Asia are saying **all** and **everywhere** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 28 sfg3 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people and the law and this place The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that they are referring to the special status of the people of Israel as God’s chosen people, the law of Moses, and the temple in Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel and the law of Moses and this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem **temple** and that they are accusing Paul of bringing **Greeks** into those areas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “into areas of the temple courtyard where they are not allowed to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So they were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT 21 29 h1uu translate-names Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means to the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 30 mmaa figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it would have been the temple gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut The implication is that the gatekeepers **shut** the **doors** to the temple courtyard once the mob dragged Paul outside so that the mob would not defile the temple precincts by killing Paul within them. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors so that the mob would not defile the temple courtyard by killing Paul there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 21 31 a464 writing-pronouns ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 And as they were seeking to kill him The pronoun **they** refers to the mob, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as the mob was seeking to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-personification ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Luke is speaking of this **report** as if they were a living thing that **came up to the commander** on its own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 21 31 hu5r figs-idiom ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Luke uses the phrase **came up ** because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard up in the temple fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 21 31 p85a translate-unknown τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 to the chiliarch of the cohort A **chiliarch** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 1,000 soldiers. A **cohort** was a large military guard unit. Alternate translation: “to the commander of the military guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-metonymy ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Here, the word **Jerusalem** means to the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-metonymy ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Here, the word **Jerusalem** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 21 31 zgas figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were very agitated” or “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were rioting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 21 31 a465 figs-activepassive ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something was greatly agitating the people who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 32 j81t writing-pronouns ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχας, κατέδραμεν ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 who, immediately taking soldiers and centurions, ran down to them The pronoun **who** refers to the chiliarch (the Roman commander), and the pronoun **them** refer to the people who were rioting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The commander immediately took soldiers and centurions and ran down to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν 1 he was carried by the soldiers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 35 a467 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου 1 because of the violence of the crowd If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the crowd was so violent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Take him away The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a mild way of referring to this in your language or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων…εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος 1 as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the soldiers were about to bring Paul inside the fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων…εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος 1 as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the soldiers were about to bring Paul inside the fortress, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 21 37 a468 ὁ Παῦλος λέγει 1 Paul says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Paul said”
ACT 21 37 a469 figs-quotations ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ? 1 Paul says to the chiliarch, “If it is permitted for me to say something to you?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the chiliarch if it was permitted for him to say something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you know Greek? The commander is using the question form to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know Greek!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος…? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…? The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must be the Egyptian … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος…? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…? The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must not be the Egyptian … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 21 38 p2ym translate-transliterate τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the Sicarii The term **Sicarii** is a Latin word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds. The term means an assassin and it comes from the Latin word for a dagger. In this context, it refers to a group of Jewish rebels who carried daggers under their robes and killed Romans and people who supported the Romans. In your translation, you could spell this the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a term with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the Assassins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT 21 39 a470 translate-names Ταρσεὺς 1 a Tarsian The word **Tarsian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Tarsus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT 21 39 a139 figs-imperative ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 21 40 rk1y translate-symaction κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
ACT 22 1 xe46 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a noncitizen.
ACT 22 1 lrs0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 1 xe46 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer to his fellow Israelites. He is using the word **fathers** to refer either to Jewish leaders who may be present or to Jewish men who are older than he is. In both cases he is speaking respectfully. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites and you leaders of Israel” or “My fellow Israelites young and old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 1 pe8t figs-imperative ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 hear to my defense to you now This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please listen as I explain myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT 22 2 a472 figs-abstractnouns μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν 1 they granted more quietness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they became even more quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 3 b1dq translate-names Γαμαλιήλ 1 of Gamaliel The word **Gamaliel** is the name of the man who was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law at this time. See how you translated his name in [5:34](../05/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-abstractnouns κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν 1 according to the strictness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strictness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the most strict interpretation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 3 lqk7 figs-metaphor πατρῴου 1 of our fathers Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today Paul compares himself with the crowd. Alternate translation: “in the same way all of you are today”
ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today Paul compares himself with the crowd. Alternate translation: “in the same way that all of you are today”
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου 1 who persecuted this Way unto death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who persecuted this Way to the point of killing those who belonged to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 4 a474 writing-pronouns ὃς…ἐδίωξα 1 who persecuted Paul is using the pronoun **who** to refer to himself. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way Here, **this Way** represents the people who belonged to the group called the Way. Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to the group called the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3060,11 +3060,11 @@ ACT 22 7 a477 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting
ACT 22 8 a478 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, τίς εἶ, κύριε? εἶπέν τε πρὸς ἐμέ, ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος , ὃν σὺ διώκεις 1 And I answered, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said to me, ‘I am Jesus the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And in response I asked this divine figure who he was, and he told me that he was Jesus the Nazarene, whom I was persecuting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 8 a479 writing-politeness τίς εἶ, κύριε 1 Who are you, Lord Paul was not yet acknowledging that Jesus was **Lord**. He used that respectful title because he recognized that he was speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-idiom τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 they did not hear the voice In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand,” since Luke says in [9:7](../01/01.md) that the men traveling with Paul did actually hear the voice. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they did not understand the voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 10 a480 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι 1 But I said, ‘What should I do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arising, go into Damascus, and there it will be told to you about all that has been appointed to you to do.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I asked the Lord what I should do, and the Lord told me to get up and go into Damascus, because there it would be told to me about all that had been appointed to me to do.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 10 a480 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι 1 But I said, ‘What should I do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arising, go into Damascus, and there it will be told to you about all that has been appointed to you to do.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I asked the Lord what I should do, and the Lord told me to get up and go into Damascus, because there it would be told to me about all that had been appointed to me to do’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive σοι λαληθήσεται 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 10 a481 figs-activepassive πάντων ὧν τέτακταί 1 all that has been appointed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “all that God has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 11 n1kb figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 because of the glory of that light If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because that light was so bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 11 qyf0 figs-activepassive χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι 1 being led by the hand by the ones being with me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with those who were with me leading me by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 11 qyf0 figs-activepassive χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι 1 being led by the hand by the ones being with me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the ones being with me leading me by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 11 a482 figs-go ἦλθον 1 I came In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “I went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT 22 12 a17q writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς 1 a certain devout man Paul is using the phrase **a certain devout man** to introduce **Ananias** as a new participant in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 being attested by all the Jews living there If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom all the Jews there attested” or “of whom all the Jews there spoke well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 13 un4g figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Saul, brother Ananias was using the word **brother** as a title for **Saul**. The two men were not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias was already addressing Saul as someone who shared the same faith. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word “brother” is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 13 a484 figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up In one sense, this was not a command that Paul was capable of obeying, since he could not see. Instead, it was a command that directly caused him to be healed, if he would **look up** as if he could see. Alternate translation: “if you look up, you will be able to see” or see next note for another possibility. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-idiom ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up The expression **look up** can also mean “see again,” that is, to have one’s sight restored. If this is the meaning, then Ananias was telling Paul what Jesus was going to do for him. Alternate translation: “Jesus is restoring your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes, it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes, but it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right at that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 13 x4s0 figs-explicit κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And…I looked up to him Paul means implicitly that when he **looked up** at Ananias, he was able to see him clearly. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And … when I looked up at him, I could see him” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 14 a485 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 And he said, ‘The God of our fathers appointed you to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told me that the God of our fathers had appointed me to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 14 a486 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 14 a487 figs-nominaladj τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananias is using the adjective **Righteous** as a noun to mean a particular person who is righteous. ULT adds the word **one** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT 22 14 a488 figs-metonymy τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananais is referring to the Messiah by association with the way the Messiah was **Righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 14 a488 figs-metonymy τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananias is referring to the Messiah by association with the way the Messiah was **Righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-explicitinfo φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the voice from his own mouth It might seem that the expression **the voice from his own mouth** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “his own voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT 22 15 a489 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 for you will be a witness for him to all men of what you have seen and heard If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, continuing from the previous verse: “because I would be a witness for him to all men of what I had seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Although the term **men** is masculine, Ananias was using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -3086,13 +3086,13 @@ ACT 22 16 bhg9 καὶ νῦν 1 And now Here, **now** does not mean “at this
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις? 1 why are you delaying?
ACT 22 16 a491 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Arising Here the term **arising** means that Ananias wanted Paul to take action, not that he wanted him to stand up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Come on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 and wash away your sins Ananias is speaking as if Paul could literally **wash away** his **sins**. He is using a word picture to convey his meaning. He means that just as washing one’s body removes dirt, if Paul repents and asks Jesus for forgiveness, Jesus release him from the guilt and power sin. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to show that you are asking Jesus to free you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 and wash away your sins Ananias is speaking as if Paul could literally **wash away** his **sins**. He is using a word picture to convey his meaning. He means that just as washing one’s body removes dirt, if Paul repents and asks Jesus for forgiveness, Jesus releases him from the guilt and power sin. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to show that you are asking Jesus to free you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 16 g5dq figs-metonymy ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “calling on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 16 a492 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name By **his name**, Ananias implicitly means the name of Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 17 its2 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 And it happened to me that Paul is using this phrase to introduce a significant development in his story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT 22 18 a493 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 And I saw him saying to me, ‘Hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem, because they will not accept your testimony about me’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I saw him telling me to hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem because they would not accept my testimony about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 18 jy2c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 18 a494 figs-doublet σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει 1 Hurry and go away in haste The expressions **hurry** and **in haste** mean similar things. Jesus was using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Go away as fast as you can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 22 18 jy2c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 18 a494 figs-doublet σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει 1 Hurry and go away in haste The expressions **Hurry** and **in haste** mean similar things. Jesus was using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Go away as fast as you can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 22 19 a495 figs-quotesinquotes κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ 1 And I said, ‘Lord, they themselves know that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I told the Lord that they themselves knew that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 19 q5cl writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The pronouns **they themselves** refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews here in Jerusalem who do not believe in you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know Paul is adding the word **themselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “they know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Paul is referring to Stephen’s death by association with the way his **blood** was **spilled** when his enemies killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Stephen your witness killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 21 a497 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε 1 But he said to me, ‘Go, because I will send you far away to the Gentiles’” If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he told me to go because he would send me far away to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 22 22 a498 figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ λόγου 1 this word This could mean: (1) that the crowd became upset when they heard the specific **word** “Gentiles.” Alternate translation: “they heard the word ‘Gentiles’ (2) that the term **word** means what Paul said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 22 a499 figs-metaphor ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες 1 they lifted up their voice, saying Luke is speaking as if crowd in Jerusalem literally **lifted up** its **voice**. He means that they spoke loudly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shouted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 22 a500 τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 their voice If you would like to retain the metaphor in your translation of lifting up a voice but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their voices”
ACT 22 22 ta8z figs-metonymy αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Remove such a one from the earth The crowd is referring to Pauls death by association with the way they would **remove** him **from the earth** if they killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Kill such a one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 22 a501 figs-explicit οὐ…καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν 1 it was not right for him to live The crowd means implicitly that it was **not right** for Paul to **live** even long enough to offer the explanation he was giving. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we should have killed him even before he spoke to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 22 a499 figs-metaphor ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες 1 they lifted up their voice, saying Luke is speaking as if the crowd in Jerusalem literally **lifted up** its **voice**. He means that they spoke loudly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shouted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 22 22 a500 τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 their voice If you would like to retain the metaphor in your translation of "lifting up a voice" but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their voices”
ACT 22 22 ta8z figs-metonymy αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Remove such a one from the earth The crowd is referring to Paul's death by association with the way they would **remove** him **from the earth** if they killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Kill such a one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 22 a501 figs-explicit οὐ…καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν 1 it was not right for him to live The crowd meant implicitly that it was **not right** for Paul to **live** even long enough to offer the explanation he was giving. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we should have killed him even before he spoke to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια 1 casting off their outer garments When the people in the crowd removed their outer garments, this was at least a symbolic action indicating that they felt they should stone Paul to death. They took off their long robes as they would have done in order to throw stones at Paul more easily. But some of the people may actually have intended to try to stone Paul even though he was in the custody of the Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “casting off their outer garments as if they were going to throw stones at Paul to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 22 23 a502 translate-symaction κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing dust into the air This could mean: (1) that the people in the crowd were **throwing dust into the air** to symbolize how they wanted to throw stones at Paul, who was on the steps above them. Alternate translation: “throwing dust into the air as if they were throwing stones at Paul” (2) that the people in the crowd were doing this to demonstrate how angry they were. Alternate translation: “angrily throwing dust into the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 ordered him to be brought If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This **fortress** was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [21:34](../21/34.md).
ACT 22 24 og3n figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-metonymy εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges The commanded did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping, **scourges**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 24 a503 translate-unknown μάστιξιν 1 by scourges The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had pieces of metal sewn up in them. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-metonymy εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges The commander did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments, **scourges**, that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 22 24 a503 translate-unknown μάστιξιν 1 by scourges The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had small pieces of metal attached to them to inflict more damage. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 22 25 ar63 writing-pronouns προέτειναν 1 they stretched…out The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers who were going to whip Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 25 a504 figs-quotations εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 Paul said to the centurion standing by, “If it is lawful for you to scourge a man Roman and uncondemned?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the centurion who was standing by whether it was lawful for him and his soliders to scourge a man who was a Roman and had not been condemned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 If it is lawful for you to whip a man Roman and uncondemned? Paul is using the question form to challenge the right of the centurion and his soldiers to whip him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman citizen and who is uncondemned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? The centurion is using the question form to warn the commander that he should not have Paul whipped. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 22 26 a506 figs-synecdoche τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? The centurion is speaking of the commander, one person who was involved in having Paul whipped, to mean everyone who was involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 22 26 a507 figs-explicit Ῥωμαῖός 1 a Roman As in the previous verse, here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 27 pe31 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ὁ 1 to him…he The pronouns **them** **him** and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul…he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 28 dr2w figs-explicit ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money The commander is saying implicitly that does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 27 pe31 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ὁ 1 to him…he The pronouns **them**, **him**, and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul…he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 22 28 dr2w figs-explicit ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money The commander is saying implicitly that he does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large sum of money If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying a large sum of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 28 a508 figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I indeed was born Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed was born a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 22 28 rly1 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I indeed was born If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed have been a citizen since birth” or “I indeed inherited citizenship from my father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 22 29 a509 figs-explicit ἐφοβήθη 1 was afraid The implication is that the commander **was afraid** that the higher Roman authorities would punish him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “was afraid that the higher Roman authorities would punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 22 30 a510 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀσφαλὲς 1 the certain Luke is using the adjective **certain** as a noun to mean what was reliable or true about Paul. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-explicit ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him This means implicitly not that the commander **released** Paul from custody but that he freed Paul from the chains that were binding him to one solider on each side of him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to unchain Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 1 jru4 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 23 1 xe46 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer respectfully to his fellow Israelites. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 1 lrs1 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 23 1 lrs5 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer respectfully to his fellow Israelites. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 1 nn2q figs-hyperbole πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ 1 in all good conscience Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in careful obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias **Ananias** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name for two other men in [5:1](../05/01.md) and [9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 23 2 a565 translate-symaction τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα 1 to strike his mouth Ananias ordered this as a symbolic action to show that he believed Paul had said something with his **mouth** that he should not have said. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “to strike his mouth because he believed Paul had said something he should not have said ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall Paul is referring to the way a **wall** can be painted white to make it look clean. Paul was suggesting that in the same way, Ananias appeared to look morally innocent, but he was really full of evil intent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who pretend to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall Paul is referring to the way a **wall** can be painted white to make it look clean. Paul was suggesting that, in the same way, Ananias appeared to look morally innocent, but he was really full of evil intent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who pretend to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι? 1 And do you sit judging me by the law and, acting contrary to the law, command me to be struck? Paul is using the question form to challenge Ananias for what he has done. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not sit judging me by the law while acting contrary to the law by commanding me to be struck!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 command me to be struck If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “command someone to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς? 1 Are you insulting the high priest of God? The men standing by Paul are using the question form to rebuke him for saying what he said. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not insult the high priest of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3151,14 +3151,14 @@ ACT 23 6 dchr figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 of the dead Paul is using the adje
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background γὰρ 1 For Luke uses the word **For** to introduce background information about the **Sadducees** and **Pharisees** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT 23 8 a517 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, μήτε ἄγγελον, μήτε πνεῦμα 1 there is no resurrection, nor angels or spirits Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there is no resurrection and that there are no angels and no spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 23 8 a519 figs-explicit τὰ ἀμφότερα 1 both By **both**, Luke means implicitly that Pharisees believe in (1) the resurrection and (2) angels and spirits. You could indicate this explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “both that there is a resurrection and that there are angels and spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 8 lrs2 figs-explicit τὰ ἀμφότερα 1 both By **both**, Luke means implicitly that Pharisees believe in (1) the resurrection and (2) angels and spirits. You could indicate this explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “both that there is a resurrection and that there are angels and spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 9 a519 translate-symaction ἀναστάντες 1 arising By **arising** (that is, standing up), these Pharisees were indicating that they had something important to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “standing up to show that they had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 23 9 ayr8 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel These Pharisees are speaking as if what they are saying is a hypothetical possibility, but they believe that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if the speaker believes that it is true, then you can translate these words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “And since a spirit must have spoken to him, or an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT 23 9 a520 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel These Pharisees assume that the Sadducees will understand that they mean this spirit or angel **spoke** to Paul when he had the vision in the Jerusalem temple that he described in [22:17–21](../22/17.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And since a spirit must have spoken to him, or an angel, when he had his vision in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 9 a521 figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος … 1 And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel … These Pharisees are making the first part of a conditional statement and leaving the second part for the Sadduccees to realize on their own. If this would be unclear to your readers, you could supply the second part of this conditional statement in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel, then you should find no evil in this man either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul be torn apart by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they tear Paul apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 10 tqhu figs-hyperbole μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 lest Paul be torn apart by them Luke is making an overstatement here to emphasize the danger that Paul was in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “lest they cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 23 11 i9w5 figs-idiom τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 on the following night This expression indicates the **night** after the day Paul went before the council. In your translation, express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 23 11 i9w5 figs-idiom τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 on the following night This expression indicates the **night** after the day Paul went before the council. In your translation, express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “during the night that followed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 23 11 a522 writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-explicit εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 to testify in Rome Jesus assumes that Paul will know that he means Paul will **testify** about him in Rome. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 12 a523 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 23 12 a524 figs-quotations λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον 1 saying neither to eat nor to drink until they had killed Paul It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We will neither eat or drink until we have killed Paul’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 23 14 a525 figs-explicitinfo ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς 1 We have cursed ourselves with a curse It might seem that the expression **cursed ourselves with a curse** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “cursed ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT 23 14 a526 figs-synecdoche μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι 1 to eat nothing Since the men actually swore that they would **eat** or drink nothing, they are using one part of their oath to represent all of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to eat and drink nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 23 15 u8xm figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 23 15 u8xm figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 23 15 a527 figs-imperative ἐμφανίσατε 1 make it appear This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “we would like you to make it appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT 23 16 a531 figs-metonymy ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 hearing the ambush Luke means that the son of Paul’s sister heard some of the conspirators talking about the **ambush**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hearing people talk about the ambush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 23 16 w6fe translate-kinship ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
ACT 23 17 a528 figs-imperative ἄπαγε 1 take This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT 23 16 w6fe translate-kinship ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” or "the nephew of Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
ACT 23 17 a528 figs-imperative ἄπαγε 1 take This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT 23 18 abd0 writing-pronouns ὁ…παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 taking him, he brought him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul’s nephew, and the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “taking Paul’s nephew, the centurion brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 18 a530 φησίν 1 says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
ACT 23 18 lrs3 φησίν 1 says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
ACT 23 19 a530 translate-symaction ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 taking hold of his hand The chiliarch **taking hold** of the **hand** of Paul’s nephew was more than was needed simply to lead the nephew to a **private** location. This was a symbolic action that assured the nephew that the chiliarch would protect him and that he could therefore speak safely and confidentially. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “taking hold of his hand to reassure him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Paul’s nephew is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Paul’s nephew is using the name of a whole group, **The Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 23 21 a532 figs-activepassive σὺ…μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς 1 may you not be persuaded by them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they not persuade you” or “do not let them persuade you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 21 a533 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise from you By the word **promise**, Paul’s nephew is referring to the commander agreeing to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin the next day and actually bringing him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 23 22 a534 figs-quotations παραγγείλας, μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρὸς ἐμέ 1 commanding him to tell no one that “you have reported these things to me” Here Luke begins an indirect quotation but finishes it as a direct quotation. It may be more natural in your language for the entire quotation to be either indirect or direct. Alternate translation: “commanding him to tell no one that he had reported these things to him” or “commanding him, ‘Tell no one that you have reported these things to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen Alternate translation: “two hundred soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen Alternate translation: “200 soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
ACT 23 23 kg8s figs-idiom τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night In your translation, you may wish to express this in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock this evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 23 24 a535 figs-quotations κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 1 and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 23 24 a535 figs-quotations κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 1 and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to continue and finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 23 24 a536 writing-pronouns διασώσωσι 1 they may bring him safely The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, horsemen, and spearmen described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these troops may bring him safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 24 av3h translate-names Φήλικα 1 Felix The word **Felix** is the name of the man who was the Roman **governor** of Judea at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 23 25 a537 figs-explicit γράψας ἐπιστολὴν 1 writing a letter Luke means implicitly that the commander gave the instructions described in the previous two verses by “summoning” two centurions and **writing** the letter quoted in verses 26–30. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He also wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3193,24 +3193,24 @@ ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The commande
ACT 23 27 a538 figs-explicit Ῥωμαῖός 1 a Roman Here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 23 28 a539 figs-extrainfo κατήγαγον 1 I took him down The commander says that he took Paul ** down** to the Sanhedrin because he brought him down the steps from the Roman fortress to the temple courtyard. It may not be necessary to reproduce this detail in your translation. Alternate translation: “I brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν; μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 whom I found being accused about questions of their law but having no accusation worthy of death or chains If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I found that the Jews were accusing him about questions of their law, but they were not accusing him of anything worthy of death or chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-metonymy θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 death or chains The commander is using the word **death** to mean a penalty of death. He is referring to imprisonment by association with the way that the Romans used **chains** to secure prisoners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “execution or imprisonment” or “being put to death or being put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-metonymy θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 death or chains The commander is using the word **death** to mean a penalty of death. He is referring to imprisonment by association with the way that the Romans used **chains** to secure prisoners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “execution or imprisonment” or “of being put to death or being put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης…μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι 1 when a plot that was to be against the man was revealed to me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone revealed to me that there was going to be a plot against the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 31 ny4k figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 according to what had been commanded to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what the chiliarch had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα 1 Antipatris The word **Antipatris** is the name of a city. It was located about halfway between Jerusalem and Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soliders, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers … Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsement reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 24 1 a540 writing-participants ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός 1 a certain orator, Tertullus Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT 24 1 f3vx translate-unknown ῥήτορος 1 an orator In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου τινός 1 Tertullus The word **Tertullus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 24 1 a541 figs-idiom κατέβη 1 came down Luke says that these men **came down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring to traveling downward in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 24 2 a542 figs-activepassive κληθέντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had been summoned If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the governor summoned Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix…your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people**, he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus means himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix…your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people** he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 24 3 a545 figs-hyperbole πάντῃ…πανταχοῦ…πάσης 1 every way…everywhere…all Tertullus says these things as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain these overstatements in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 24 3 q3fj writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Your Excellency, Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 24 3 r5jl figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **thankfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very gratefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor λοιμὸν 1 a pest Tertullus is speaking as if P
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 among all the Jews are throughout the world Tertullus says this as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain this overstatement in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 24 5 zg4a translate-names τῶν Ναζωραίων 1 the Nazarenes In this context, the word **Nazarenes** is a name that people used at this time to describe believers in Jesus. Jesus himself was known as a Nazarene because he came from the town of Nazareth. See how you translated the same word in [2:22](../02/22.md), where it has that meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 24 6 a547 figs-ellipsis ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν 1 whom also we arrested— Tertullus is making the case that Paul is a criminal, but he is leaving it up to Felix to decide what Paul’s punishment should be, so he is deliberately breaking off this sentence here. If this might be unclear to your readers, you could indicate his meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we also arrested, and who deserves to be punished, but we will leave it to you to decide his punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 24 6 a548 translate-textvariants 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this second half of this verse, all of verse 7, and the first part of vers 8 are found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting this material in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this material if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this material may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT 24 6 a548 translate-textvariants 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this second half of this verse, all of verse 7, and the first part of verse 8 are found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting this material in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this material if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this material may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT 24 8 a549 writing-pronouns παρ’ οὗ 1 from whom The pronoun **whom** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “From him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders who had come to Caesarea to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 24 11 a550 figs-litotes οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 it is not more than 12 days for me from when Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was only 12 days ago that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -3232,13 +3232,13 @@ ACT 24 15 nv5a writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 these The pronoun **these** refers
ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 that there is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and the unrighteous If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that God will make both the righteous and the unrighteous alive again after they have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 of both the righteous and the unrighteous Paul is using the adjectives **righteous** and **unrighteous** as nouns to mean different groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of both people who have done what is right and people who have not done what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT 24 16 a553 writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 in this The pronoun **this** refers to what Paul has just said in verses 14 and 15 about what he believes. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Because I believe these things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 16 va3b figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God and men Paul is using this phrase to refer to the opinion or judgment of God and men by association with the way that they would assess anything that came to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of God and men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 24 16 va3b figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God and men Paul is using this phrase to refer to the opinion or judgment of God and men by association with the way that they would assess anything that came to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 24 16 a554 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 men Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT 24 17 p92m writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go παρεγενόμην 1 I came In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT 24 17 lrs4 figs-go παρεγενόμην 1 I came In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου 1 to my nation Paul is actually referring to the place where the people of the Jewish **nation** live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where my Jewish people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 24 17 a555 figs-explicit ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων…καὶ προσφοράς 1 bringing alms and offerings By **alms**, Paul means gifts for the poor that the Gentile churches had collected and that he was delivering. By **offerings**, he means the sacrifices that he and four other men offered at the end of a period of vows. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring gifts for the poor and to offer sacrifices at the end of a vow period” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 24 18 a556 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 in which The pronoun **which** refers to the offerings that Paul described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “While I was making those offerings,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 17 a555 figs-explicit ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων…καὶ προσφοράς 1 bringing alms and offerings By **alms** Paul means gifts for the poor that the Gentile churches had collected and that he was delivering. By **offerings** he means the sacrifices that he and four other men offered at the end of a period of vows. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring gifts for the poor and to offer sacrifices at the end of a vow period” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 24 18 a556 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 in which The pronoun **which** refers to the offerings that Paul described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, ending verse 17 with a period. Alternate translation: “While I was making those offerings,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 24 19 a557 figs-ellipsis τινὲς…ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι, οὓς ἔδει…παρεῖναι 1 certain Jews from Asia—who ought to be present As Paul defends himself by telling what happened in Jerusalem, he suddenly realizes that his actual accusers are not present. So he breaks off his sentence to bring this fact to the attention of Governor Felix. If this might be unclear to your readers, in your translation you could finish this part of the story and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews from Asia saw me in Jerusalem with a Gentile and they thought that I had brought him into the temple. Now they ought to be present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 24 20 a558 figs-imperative3p αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν 1 let these themselves say If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may these themselves say” or “these themselves should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT 24 20 ag5d writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ οὗτοι 1 these themselves These pronouns refer to the Jewish leaders who have come to Caesarea to accuse Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Jewish leaders who have come here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does
GAL 2 7 m5e5 figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is describing non-Jewish people by association with something they would not have had done to them, circumcision, and he is describing Jewish people by association with something they would have had done to them, circumcision. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 8 tmva ὁ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 This entire verse is a parenthetical statement. In this verse Paul gives the reason why the leaders of the church in Jerusalem determined that Paul was authorized and commissioned by God to bring the gospel to non-Jews. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement.
GAL 2 8 yh9s figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 8 e5wv τῆς περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md).
GAL 2 8 e5wv figs-metonymy τῆς περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 8 n1b6 figs-ellipsis ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -170,34 +170,84 @@ GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι 1 See how you translated
GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave {the} right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 9 uuss figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 9 n8en figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομήν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md) where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 10 yfu3 figs-nominaladj πτωχῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The phrase **to his face** is a metonym. Alternate translation: “I confronted him in person” or “I challenged his actions in person” or “I opposed him in front of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision The reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would judge that he was doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 12 fy79 τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision Here, **those from the circumcision** represents Jews who had become Christians, but who demanded that those who believe in Christ live according to Jewish customs like circumcision.
GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from” or “avoided”
GAL 2 14 sg53 οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 not following the truth of the gospel Alternate translation: “they were not living like people who believe the true gospel” or “they were not obeying the true gospel”
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The term **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews. Alternate translation: “We are not Gentiles, those people who do not know God” or “We are not people who do not follow the law”
GAL 2 16 j6l1 figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we The word **knowing** could refer to: (1) Paul and others, but not the Galatians (exclusive), who were primarily Gentiles (2) Paul and includes the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **to be justified in Christ** means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of what Christ has done.
GAL 2 17 sge2 εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The phrase **were also found to be sinner** could mean: (1) they admit they are sinners (2) they are no longer following the law (3) others view them as sinners for not following the law or eating with non-Jews.
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “no, never!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 2 18 r52x παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 **I prove myself to be a transgressor** could mean: (1) Paul sinned by trying to obey the law again (2) Paul sinned by leaving the law for a time when he believed in the Messiah (3) the law proves Paul is a sinner when he tries to follow it.
GAL 2 18 p6he figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ 1 **For if I again rebuild those things which I destroyed** is a metaphor for someone who returns to trying to obey the law after they trusted in the Messiah. He compares trying to follow the law with someone trying to build a building. He compares someone who trusts in the Messiah with someone who destroys the building they are trying to build. He compares someone who returns to trying to follow the law after trusting the Messiah with someone who wants to rebuild the building they destroyed. Alternate translation: “If I believe in Christ to be justified before God instead of following the law, and then I change my mind and start following the law again for justification.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-idiom κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The phrase **to his face** is an idiom which means to confront someone and could refer specifically to: (1) confronting someone directly, face to face. If your readers would not understand what this idiom means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I confronted him directly” or “I confronted him face to face” (2) confronting someone in public. (See the phrase “I said to Cephas in front of all of them” in [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “I confronted him in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 11 qvig translate-versebridge ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Κηφᾶς εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 This verse gives the result of Cephas’ hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
GAL 2 12 yeeb grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Paul’s reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from”
GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 12 fy79 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Here, the term **the circumcision** probably refers specifically to Jews who were not believers in Jesus, since it is unlikely that Peter would have feared Jewish Christians or the men whom James sent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 13 nkrh grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the result of the hypocritical actions of “Cephas” (see [2:12](../02/12.md)) and **the rest of the Jews** who **joined with him**. The result was that **Barnabas was led astray by their hypocrisy**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 14 k16c grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between his actions and the wrong actions of Cephas, Barnabas, and the other Jewish believers that he described in [2:12-13](../02/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 14 sg53 figs-metonymy οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν 1 not following the truth of the gospel Here, the word **walking** is a Jewish figure of speech which refers to how a person acts or conducts their life. In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “they were not acting correctly” or “they were not conducting their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 14 s978 figs-quotations εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Paul’s words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 2 14 qlzt grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺ…ἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 2 15 vjsh figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 15 tzxo ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles”
GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n
GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 2 17 gf9q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 2 17 gtu7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 17 s2r8 figs-exclusive εὑρέθημεν 1 When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 17 mg0h figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 17 qw76 figs-rquestion ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος 1 The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 2 17 yy9s μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!”
GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Desilva 47 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is FILL IN. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 2 19 xe23 διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** could refer to: (1) Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law (2) how Christ paid the requirements of the law. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah completed the law”
GAL 2 19 r55d figs-rquestion ἐγὼ...νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase, **I...died to the law** means that the law no longer has any power or authority over Paul. Alternate translation: “I am separated from the law”
GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-rquestion Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι; 1 **I have been crucified with Christ** could mean (1) by the Messiah’s death, Paul was now separated from the law (2) Paul died spiritually and escaped the dominion of sin and the law.
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Paul is defending a charge others made against him. He does not reject God’s grace when he rejects following the law. This phrase can be translated positively. Alternate translation: “I confirm the value of” or “I do not reject God’s kindness” or “I do not ignore God’s kindness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 2 19 r55d ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase, **I … died to the law** means that the law no longer has any power or authority over Paul. Alternate translation: “I am separated from the law”
GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he **through the law, died to the law**. The purpose being **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “live for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 19 xg5q Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι; 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** could mean: (1) by the Messiah’s death, Paul was now separated from the law (2) Paul died spiritually and escaped the dominion of sin and the law.
GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “FILL IN” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 20 o3jk ζῶ…οὐκέτι ἐγώ 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live**
GAL 2 20 msd4 ζῇ…ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **Christ lives in me**
GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃ…νῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Paul’s present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he FILL. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrases “through faith in Jesus Christ” and “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 20 by5a figs-explicit παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν 1 The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Here, Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **do not**, together with a phrase, **set aside** that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I strongly affirm” or “I do uphold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **righteousness** refers to FILL and the phrase “if righteousness is through the law” means “if...” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses and Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 2 21 m74u διὰ νόμου 1 Here, the phrase **through {the} law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md).
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law Alternate translation: “if people could become righteous by obeying the law” or “if it were possible for a person to become righteous in God’s sight by obeying the law”.
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die”
GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality in Christ<br><br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”<br>Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
162
GAL
2
7
m5e5
figs-metonymy
ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς
1
Paul is describing non-Jewish people by association with something they would not have had done to them, circumcision, and he is describing Jewish people by association with something they would have had done to them, circumcision. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
This entire verse is a parenthetical statement. In this verse Paul gives the reason why the leaders of the church in Jerusalem determined that Paul was authorized and commissioned by God to bring the gospel to non-Jews. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement.
164
GAL
2
8
yh9s
figs-explicit
ὁ
1
Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
165
GAL
2
8
e5wv
figs-metonymy
τῆς περιτομῆς
1
See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
166
GAL
2
8
n1b6
figs-ellipsis
ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη
1
Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
167
GAL
2
9
qfp1
figs-abstractnouns
γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι
1
The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
168
GAL
2
9
dt40
figs-activepassive
τὴν δοθεῖσάν
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
170
GAL
2
9
he6q
figs-metaphor
οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι
1
built up the church
Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171
GAL
2
9
e5rm
translate-symaction
δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας
1
gave…the right hand of fellowship
Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
172
GAL
2
9
yxvz
figs-abstractnouns
κοινωνίας
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
173
GAL
2
9
bl9v
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave {the} right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
174
GAL
2
9
uuss
figs-ellipsis
ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν
1
Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
175
GAL
2
9
j031
figs-exclusive
ἡμεῖς
1
When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
176
GAL
2
9
n8en
figs-metonymy
τὴν περιτομήν
1
See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
177
GAL
2
10
fpj8
grammar-connect-exceptions
μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν
1
Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md) where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
178
GAL
2
10
v265
figs-exclusive
μνημονεύωμεν
1
When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
179
GAL
2
10
bbdk
figs-explicit
τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν
1
Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180
GAL
2
10
yfu3
figs-nominaladj
πτωχῶν
1
Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
181
GAL
2
11
c9h4rdi8
figs-metonymygrammar-connect-logic-contrast
κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστηνδὲ
1
I opposed him to his face
The phrase **to his face** is a metonym. Alternate translation: “I confronted him in person” or “I challenged his actions in person” or “I opposed him in front of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
182
GAL
2
1211
z1kgyuav
figs-explicitfigs-go
φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆςἦλθεν
1
He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision
The reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would judge that he was doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
183
GAL
2
1211
fy79c9h4
figs-idiom
τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆςκατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην
1
those who were demanding circumcisionI opposed him to his face
Here, **those from the circumcision** represents Jews who had become Christians, but who demanded that those who believe in Christ live according to Jewish customs like circumcision.The phrase **to his face** is an idiom which means to confront someone and could refer specifically to: (1) confronting someone directly, face to face. If your readers would not understand what this idiom means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I confronted him directly” or “I confronted him face to face” (2) confronting someone in public. (See the phrase “I said to Cephas in front of all of them” in [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “I confronted him in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
184
GAL
2
1211
a6gvcr74
figs-explicit
ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόνκατεγνωσμένος ἦν
1
kept away from
Alternate translation: “stayed away from” or “avoided”Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
Alternate translation: “they were not living like people who believe the true gospel” or “they were not obeying the true gospel”This verse gives the result of Cephas’ hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
186
GAL
2
1412
z4fpyeeb
figs-rquestiongrammar-connect-logic-result
πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζεινγὰρ
1
how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews?
This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])Here, the word **For** introduces Paul’s reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
187
GAL
2
1512
tz45hqcc
figs-go
οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοίἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον
1
not Gentile sinners
The term **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews. Alternate translation: “We are not Gentiles, those people who do not know God” or “We are not people who do not follow the law”Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
188
GAL
2
1612
j6l1b23d
figs-exclusivegrammar-connect-logic-contrast
εἰδότεςδὲ
1
we
The word **knowing** could refer to: (1) Paul and others, but not the Galatians (exclusive), who were primarily Gentiles (2) Paul and includes the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
189
GAL
2
1612
j7g5a6gv
figs-synecdoche
οὐ…σάρξἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν
1
no fleshkept away from
The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])Alternate translation: “stayed away from”
while we seek to be justified in ChristHe was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision
The phrase **to be justified in Christ** means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of what Christ has done.If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
191
GAL
2
1712
sge2fy79
figs-metonymy
εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοίτοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς
1
we too, were found to be sinnersthose who were demanding circumcision
The phrase **were also found to be sinner** could mean: (1) they admit they are sinners (2) they are no longer following the law (3) others view them as sinners for not following the law or eating with non-Jews.See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Here, the term **the circumcision** probably refers specifically to Jews who were not believers in Jesus, since it is unlikely that Peter would have feared Jewish Christians or the men whom James sent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
192
GAL
2
1713
yy9surwh
figs-rquestionfigs-explicit
μὴ γένοιτοοἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι
1
Absolutely not!
Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “no, never!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
193
GAL
2
1813
r52xnkrh
grammar-connect-logic-result
παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνωὥστε
1
**I prove myself to be a transgressor** could mean: (1) Paul sinned by trying to obey the law again (2) Paul sinned by leaving the law for a time when he believed in the Messiah (3) the law proves Paul is a sinner when he tries to follow it.Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the result of the hypocritical actions of “Cephas” (see [2:12](../02/12.md)) and **the rest of the Jews** who **joined with him**. The result was that **Barnabas was led astray by their hypocrisy**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
**For if I again rebuild those things which I destroyed** is a metaphor for someone who returns to trying to obey the law after they trusted in the Messiah. He compares trying to follow the law with someone trying to build a building. He compares someone who trusts in the Messiah with someone who destroys the building they are trying to build. He compares someone who returns to trying to follow the law after trusting the Messiah with someone who wants to rebuild the building they destroyed. Alternate translation: “If I believe in Christ to be justified before God instead of following the law, and then I change my mind and start following the law again for justification.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
195
GAL
2
13
v4cj
figs-activepassive
καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
196
GAL
2
13
vmkj
figs-abstractnouns
αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
197
GAL
2
14
k16c
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλ’
1
Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between his actions and the wrong actions of Cephas, Barnabas, and the other Jewish believers that he described in [2:12-13](../02/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
198
GAL
2
14
sg53
figs-metonymy
οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν
1
not following the truth of the gospel
Here, the word **walking** is a Jewish figure of speech which refers to how a person acts or conducts their life. In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “they were not acting correctly” or “they were not conducting their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
199
GAL
2
14
va3a
figs-abstractnouns
τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Paul’s words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
203
GAL
2
14
ish9
figs-yousingular
σὺ…ἀναγκάζεις
1
Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
204
GAL
2
15
vjsh
figs-exclusive
ἡμεῖς
1
When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
205
GAL
2
15
tzxo
ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί
1
Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles”
206
GAL
2
15
tz45
figs-explicit
ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί
1
not Gentile sinners
The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207
GAL
2
16
vduo
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
208
GAL
2
16
y3tl
figs-gendernotations
ἄνθρωπος
1
Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
209
GAL
2
16
xhx3
figs-activepassive
δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
210
GAL
2
16
purc
figs-abstractnouns
ἔργων νόμου
-1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
211
GAL
2
16
ncnt
grammar-connect-exceptions
ἐὰν μὴ
1
If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
212
GAL
2
16
iivr
figs-abstractnouns
πίστεως
-1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
213
GAL
2
16
q4iw
figs-exclusive
ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν
1
When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
214
GAL
2
16
nzcb
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n
215
GAL
2
16
gp4w
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ
1
Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
216
GAL
2
16
j7g5
figs-synecdoche
σάρξ
1
no flesh
The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
217
GAL
2
16
ctbj
figs-extrainfo
οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ
1
no flesh
Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
218
GAL
2
17
gf9q
grammar-connect-words-phrases
δὲ
1
Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
219
GAL
2
17
gtu7
grammar-connect-condition-fact
εἰ
1
Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
220
GAL
2
17
vnp6
figs-explicit
ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ
1
while we seek to be justified in Christ
The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
221
GAL
2
17
m0tl
figs-activepassive
δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
222
GAL
2
17
s2r8
figs-exclusive
εὑρέθημεν
1
When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
223
GAL
2
17
mg0h
figs-rpronouns
αὐτοὶ
1
Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
224
GAL
2
17
ph83
figs-activepassive
εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
225
GAL
2
17
c1op
figs-abstractnouns
ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
226
GAL
2
17
qw76
figs-rquestion
ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος
1
The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
227
GAL
2
17
yy9s
μὴ γένοιτο
1
Absolutely not!
The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!”
Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229
GAL
2
18
o7g8
figs-abstractnouns
παραβάτην
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
230
GAL
2
19
wdaa
grammar-connect-words-phrases
γὰρ
1
Desilva 47 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is FILL IN. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
231
GAL
2
19
xe23
διὰ νόμου
1
The phrase **through the law** could refer to: (1) Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law (2) how Christ paid the requirements of the law. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah completed the law”
232
GAL
2
19
r55d
figs-rquestion
ἐγὼ...νόμῳ ἀπέθανονἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον
1
The phrase, **I...died to the law** means that the law no longer has any power or authority over Paul. Alternate translation: “I am separated from the law”The phrase, **I … died to the law** means that the law no longer has any power or authority over Paul. Alternate translation: “I am separated from the law”
233
GAL
2
19
xg5qyl7y
figs-rquestiongrammar-connect-logic-goal
Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι;ἵνα
1
**I have been crucified with Christ** could mean (1) by the Messiah’s death, Paul was now separated from the law (2) Paul died spiritually and escaped the dominion of sin and the law.The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he **through the law, died to the law**. The purpose being **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
234
GAL
2
2019
bb2xl3r9
guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesfigs-explicit
Υἱοῦ τοῦ ΘεοῦΘεῷ ζήσω
1
Son of God
This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “live for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
235
GAL
2
2119
tj6lxg5q
figs-litotes
οὐκ ἀθετῶΧριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι;
1
I do not set aside
Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Paul is defending a charge others made against him. He does not reject God’s grace when he rejects following the law. This phrase can be translated positively. Alternate translation: “I confirm the value of” or “I do not reject God’s kindness” or “I do not ignore God’s kindness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** could mean: (1) by the Messiah’s death, Paul was now separated from the law (2) Paul died spiritually and escaped the dominion of sin and the law.
if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing
Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “FILL IN” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
237
GAL
2
20
o3jk
ζῶ…οὐκέτι ἐγώ
1
Here, the phrase **I no longer live**
238
GAL
2
20
msd4
ζῇ…ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός
1
Here, the phrase **Christ lives in me**
239
GAL
2
20
y2qf
figs-ellipsis
ὃ…νῦν ζῶ
1
Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
240
GAL
2
20
rtmc
figs-synecdoche
ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί
1
Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Paul’s present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
241
GAL
2
20
a4j0
figs-explicit
ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he FILL. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrases “through faith in Jesus Christ” and “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242
GAL
2
20
bb2x
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
Son of God
**the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
243
GAL
2
20
m55w
figs-explicit
τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με
1
The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
244
GAL
2
20
by5a
figs-explicit
παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν
1
The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
245
GAL
2
21
tj6l
figs-litotes
οὐκ ἀθετῶ
1
I do not set aside
Here, Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **do not**, together with a phrase, **set aside** that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I strongly affirm” or “I do uphold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
246
GAL
2
21
g5b8
figs-abstractnouns
τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
247
GAL
2
21
ogus
figs-abstractnouns
δικαιοσύνη
1
Here, the word **righteousness** refers to FILL and the phrase “if righteousness is through the law” means “if...” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing
Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses and Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing
Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
250
GAL
2
21
m74u
διὰ νόμου
1
Here, the phrase **through {the} law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md).
251
GAL
2
21
k6bg
εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη
1
if righteousness could be gained through the law
Alternate translation: “if people could become righteous by obeying the law” or “if it were possible for a person to become righteous in God’s sight by obeying the law”.
252
GAL
2
21
rku5
ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν
1
then Christ died for nothing
Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die”
253
GAL
3
intro
xd92
0
# Galatians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality in Christ<br><br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”<br>Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br> * To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br> * To be united (2:1–2)<br> * To be humble (2:3–11)<br> * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br> * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br> * Values (4:8–9)<br> * Contentment (4:10–20)<br> * Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br> * To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br> * To be united (2:1–2)<br> * To be humble (2:3–11)<br> * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br> * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br> * Values (4:8–9)<br> * Contentment (4:10–20)<br> * Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul follows the normal practice of the time by beginning the letter with a statement of the names of the senders and the recipients. In that culture, the sender would then offer a good wish for the recipients. Paul does this in the form of a Christian blessing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br><br>This refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
PHP 1 1 xk9z translate-names Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Paul and Timothy **Paul** and **Timothy** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHP 1 1 bzfs ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
2
PHP
front
intro
pv9j
0
# Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br> * To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br> * To be united (2:1–2)<br> * To be humble (2:3–11)<br> * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br> * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br> * Values (4:8–9)<br> * Contentment (4:10–20)<br> * Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])# Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br> * To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br> * To be united (2:1–2)<br> * To be humble (2:3–11)<br> * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br> * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br> * Values (4:8–9)<br> * Contentment (4:10–20)<br> * Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3
PHP
1
intro
kd3g
0
# Philippians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul follows the normal practice of the time by beginning the letter with a statement of the names of the senders and the recipients. In that culture, the sender would then offer a good wish for the recipients. Paul does this in the form of a Christian blessing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br><br>This refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
4
PHP
1
1
xk9z
translate-names
Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος
1
Paul and Timothy
**Paul** and **Timothy** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5
PHP
1
1
bzfs
ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ
1
Paul and Timothy
Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus”
See in Reader
Larry Sallee